Table Of Contents

Alarm Troubleshooting

2.1  Alarm Index by Default Severity

2.1.1  Critical Alarms (CR)

2.1.2  Major Alarms (MJ)

2.1.3  Minor Alarms (MN)

2.1.4  Not Alarmed Conditions (NA)

2.1.5  Not Reported Conditions (NR)

2.2  Alarms and Conditions Listed By Alphabetical Entry

2.3  Alarm Logical Objects

2.4  Alarm List by Logical Object Type

2.5  Trouble Notifications

2.5.1  Alarm Characteristics

2.5.2  Condition Characteristics

2.5.3  Severities

2.5.4  Alarm Hierarchy

2.5.5  Service Effect

2.5.6  States

2.6  Safety Summary

2.7  Alarm Procedures

2.7.1  AIS

Clear the AIS Condition

2.7.2  ALS

2.7.3  AMPLI-INIT

2.7.4  APC-CORRECTION-SKIPPED

2.7.5  APC-DISABLED

2.7.6  APC-END

2.7.7  APC-OUT-OF-RANGE

2.7.8  APSB

Clear the APSB Alarm

2.7.9  APSCDFLTK

Clear the APSCDFLTK Alarm

2.7.10  APSC-IMP

Clear the APSC-IMP Alarm

2.7.11  APSCINCON

Clear the APSCINCON Alarm on an STM-N Card in an MS-SPRing

2.7.12  APSCM

Clear the APSCM Alarm

2.7.13  APSCNMIS

Clear the APSCNMIS Alarm

2.7.14  APSIMP

Clear the APSIMP Condition

2.7.15  APS-INV-PRIM

2.7.16  APSMM

Clear the APSMM Alarm

2.7.17  APS-PRIM-FAC

2.7.18  APS-PRIM-SEC-MISM

2.7.19  AS-CMD

Clear the AS-CMD Condition

2.7.20  AS-MT

Clear the AS-MT Condition

2.7.21  AS-MT-OOG

Clear the AS-MT-OOG Condition

2.7.22  AU-AIS

Clear the AU-AIS Condition

2.7.23  AUD-LOG-LOSS

Clear the AUD-LOG-LOSS Condition

2.7.24  AUD-LOG-LOW

2.7.25  AU-LOF

Clear the AU-LOF Alarm

2.7.26  AU-LOP

Clear the AU-LOP Alarm

2.7.27  AUTOLSROFF

Clear the AUTOLSROFF Alarm

2.7.28  AUTORESET

Clear the AUTORESET Alarm

2.7.29  AUTOSW-AIS-SNCP

Clear the AUTOSW-AIS-SNCP Condition

2.7.30  AUTOSW-LOP-SNCP

Clear the AUTOSW-LOP-SNCP Alarm

2.7.31  AUTOSW-SDBER-SNCP

Clear the AUTOSW-SDBER-SNCP Condition

2.7.32  AUTOSW-SFBER-SNCP

Clear the AUTOSW-SFBER-SNCP Condition

2.7.33  AUTOSW-UNEQ-SNCP (VCMON-HP)

Clear the AUTOSW-UNEQ-SNCP (VCMON-HP) Condition

2.7.34  AUTOSW-UNEQ-SNCP (VCMON-LP)

Clear the AUTOSW-UNEQ-SNCP (VCMON-LP) Condition

2.7.35  AWG-DEG

2.7.36  AWG-FAIL

2.7.37  AWG-OVERTEMP

2.7.38  AWG-WARM-UP

2.7.39  BAT-FAIL

Clear the BATFAIL Alarm

2.7.40  BLSROSYNC

2.7.41  BKUPMEMP

Clear the BKUPMEMP Alarm

2.7.42  CARLOSS (CE100T)

Clear the CARLOSS (CE100T) Alarm

2.7.43  CARLOSS (E100T, E1000F)

Clear the CARLOSS (E100T, E1000F) Alarm

2.7.44  CARLOSS (EQPT)

Clear the CARLOSS (EQPT) Alarm

2.7.45  CARLOSS (FC)

2.7.46  CARLOSS (G1000)

Clear the CARLOSS (G1000) Alarm

2.7.47  CARLOSS (GE)

2.7.48  CARLOSS (ISC)

2.7.49  CARLOSS (ML100T, ML1000, MLFX)

Clear the CARLOSS (ML100T, ML1000, MLFX) Alarm

2.7.50  CARLOSS (TRUNK)

2.7.51  CASETEMP-DEG

2.7.52  CKTDOWN

2.7.53  CLDRESTART

Clear the CLDRESTART Condition

2.7.54  COMIOXC

Clear the COMIOXC Alarm

2.7.55  COMM-FAIL

Clear the COMM-FAIL Alarm

2.7.56  CONTBUS-A-18

Clear the CONTBUS-A-18 Alarm

2.7.57  CONTBUS-B-18

Clear the CONTBUS-B-18 Alarm

2.7.58  CONTBUS-DISABLED

Clear the CONTBUS-DISABLED Alarm

2.7.59  CONTBUS-IO-A

Clear the CONTBUS-IO-A Alarm

2.7.60  CONTBUS-IO-B

Clear the CONTBUS-IO-B Alarm

2.7.61  CTNEQPT-MISMATCH

Clear the CTNEQPT-MISMATCH Condition

2.7.62  CTNEQPT-PBPROT

Clear the CTNEQPT-PBPROT Alarm

2.7.63  CTNEQPT-PBWORK

Clear the CTNEQPT-PBWORK Alarm

2.7.64  DATAFLT

Clear the DATAFLT Alarm

2.7.65  DBOSYNC

Clear the DBOSYNC Alarm

2.7.66  DS3-MISM

Clear the DS3-MISM Condition

2.7.67  DSP-COMM-FAIL

2.7.68  DSP-FAIL

2.7.69  DUP-IPADDR

Clear the DUP-IPADDR Alarm

2.7.70  DUP-NODENAME

Clear the DUP-NODENAME Alarm

2.7.71  EHIBATVG

Clear the EHIBATVG Alarm

2.7.72  ELWBATVG

Clear the ELWBATVG Alarm

2.7.73  EOC

Clear the EOC Alarm

2.7.74  EOC-L

2.7.75  EQPT

Clear the EQPT Alarm

2.7.76  EQPT-DIAG

Clear the EQPT-DIAG Alarm

2.7.77  EQPT-MISS

Clear the EQPT-MISS Alarm

2.7.78  ERROR-CONFIG

Clear the ERROR-CONFIG Alarm

2.7.79  ETH-LINKLOSS

Clear the ETH-LINKLOSS Condition

2.7.80  E-W-MISMATCH

Clear the E-W-MISMATCH Alarm with a Physical Switch

Clear the E-W-MISMATCH Alarm in CTC

2.7.81  EXCCOL

Clear the EXCCOL Alarm

2.7.82  EXERCISE-RING-FAIL

Clear the EXERCISE-RING-FAIL Condition

2.7.83  EXERCISE-SPAN-FAIL

Clear the EXERCISE-SPAN-FAIL Condition

2.7.84  EXT

Clear the EXT Alarm

2.7.85  EXTRA-TRAF-PREEMPT

Clear the EXTRA-TRAF-PREEMPT Alarm

2.7.86  FAILTOSW

Clear the FAILTOSW Condition

2.7.87  FAILTOSW-HO

Clear the FAILTOSW-HO Condition

2.7.88  FAILTOSW-LO

Clear the FAILTOSW-LO Condition

2.7.89  FAILTOSWR

Clear the FAILTOSWR Condition on a Four-Fiber MS-SPRing Configuration

2.7.90  FAILTOSWS

Clear the FAILTOSWS Condition

2.7.91  FAN

Clear the FAN Alarm

2.7.92  FC-NO-CREDITS

Clear the FC-NO-CREDITS Alarm

2.7.93  FE-AIS

Clear the FE-AIS Condition

2.7.94  FEC-MISM

2.7.95  FE-E1-MULTLOS

Clear the FE-E1-MULTLOS Condition

2.7.96  FE-E1-NSA

Clear the FE-E1-NSA Condition

2.7.97  FE-E1-SA

Clear the FE-E1-SA Condition

2.7.98  FE-E1-SNGLLOS

Clear the FE-E1-SNGLLOS Condition

2.7.99  FE-E3-NSA

Clear the FE-E3-NSA Condition

2.7.100  FE-E3-SA

Clear the FE-E3-SA Condition

2.7.101  FE-EQPT-NSA

Clear the FE-EQPT-NSA Condition

2.7.102  FE-FRCDWKSWBK-SPAN

Clear the FE-FRCDWKSWBK-SPAN Condition

2.7.103  FE-FRCDWKSWPR-RING

Clear the FE-FRCDWKSWPR-RING Condition

2.7.104  FE-FRCDWKSWPR-SPAN

Clear the FE-FRCDWKSWPR-SPAN Condition

2.7.105  FE-IDLE

2.7.106  FE-LOCKOUTOFPR-SPAN

Clear the FE-LOCKOUTOFPR-SPAN Condition

2.7.107  FE-LOF

Clear the FE-LOF Condition

2.7.108  FE-LOS

Clear the FE-LOS Condition

2.7.109  FE-MANWKSWBK-SPAN

Clear the FE-MANWKSWBK-SPAN Condition

2.7.110  FE-MANWKSWPR-RING

Clear the FE-MANWKSWPR-RING Condition

2.7.111  FE-MANWKSWPR-SPAN

Clear the FE-MANWKSWPR-SPAN Condition

2.7.112  FEPRLF

Clear the FEPRLF Alarm on an MS-SPRing

2.7.113  FIBERTEMP-DEG

2.7.114  FORCED-REQ

Clear the FORCED-REQ Condition

2.7.115  FORCED-REQ-RING

Clear the FORCED-REQ-RING Condition

2.7.116  FORCED-REQ-SPAN

Clear the FORCED-REQ-SPAN Condition

2.7.117  FRCDSWTOINT

2.7.118  FRCDSWTOPRI

2.7.119  FRCDSWTOSEC

2.7.120  FRCDSWTOTHIRD

2.7.121  FRNGSYNC

Clear the FRNGSYNC Condition

2.7.122  FSTSYNC

2.7.123  FULLPASSTHR-BI

Clear the FULLPASSTHR-BI Condition

2.7.124  GAIN-HDEG

2.7.125  GAIN-HFAIL

2.7.126  GAIN-LDEG

2.7.127  GAIN-LFAIL

2.7.128  GCC-EOC

2.7.129  GE-OOSYNC

2.7.130  GFP-CSF

Clear the GFP-CSF Alarm

2.7.131  GFP-DE-MISMATCH

Clear the GFP-DE-MISMATCH Alarm

2.7.132  GFP-EX-MISMATCH

Clear the GFP-EX-MISMATCH Alarm

2.7.133  GFP-LFD

Clear the GFP-LFD Alarm

2.7.134  GFP-NO-BUFFERS

Clear the GFP-NO-BUFFERS Alarm

2.7.135  GFP-UP-MISMATCH

Clear the GFP-UP-MISMATCH Alarm

2.7.136  HELLO

Clear the HELLO Alarm

2.7.137  HI-LASERBIAS

Clear the HI-LASERBIAS Alarm

2.7.138  HI-LASERTEMP

Clear the HI-LASERTEMP Alarm

2.7.139  HI-RXPOWER

Clear the HI-RXPOWER Alarm

2.7.140  HITEMP

Clear the HITEMP Alarm

2.7.141  HI-TXPOWER

Clear the HI-TXPOWER Alarm

2.7.142  HLDOVRSYNC

Clear the HLDOVRSYNC Alarm

2.7.143  HP-ENCAP-MISMATCH

Clear the HP-ENCAP-MISMATCH Alarm

2.7.144  HP-RFI

Clear the HP-RFI Condition

2.7.145  HP-TIM

Clear the HP-TIM Alarm

2.7.146  HP-UNEQ

Clear the HP-UNEQ Alarm

2.7.147  I-HITEMP

Clear the I-HITEMP Alarm

2.7.148  IMPROPRMVL

Clear the IMPROPRMVL Alarm

2.7.149  INC-ISD

2.7.150  INHSWPR

Clear the INHSWPR Condition

2.7.151  INHSWWKG

Clear the INHSWWKG Condition

2.7.152  INTRUSION-PSWD

Clear the INTRUSION-PSWD Condition

2.7.153  INVMACADR

2.7.154  IOSCFGCOPY

2.7.155  ISIS-ADJ-FAIL

Clear the ISIS-ADJ-FAIL Alarm

2.7.156  KB-PASSTHR

Clear the KB-PASSTHR Condition

2.7.157  KBYTE-APS-CHANNEL-FAILURE

Clear the KBYTE-APS-CHANNEL-FAILURE Alarm

2.7.158  LAN-POL-REV

Clear the LAN-POL-REV Condition

2.7.159  LASER-APR

2.7.160  LASERBIAS-DEG

2.7.161  LASERBIAS-FAIL

2.7.162  LASERTEMP-DEG

2.7.163  LCAS-CRC

Clear the LCAS-CRC Condition

2.7.164  LCAS-RX-FAIL

Clear the LCAS-RX-FAIL Condition

2.7.165  LCAS-TX-ADD

2.7.166  LCAS-TX-DNU

2.7.167  LKOUTPR-S

Clear the LKOUTPR-S Condition

2.7.168  LOA

Clear the LOA Alarm

2.7.169  LOCKOUT-REQ

Clear the LOCKOUT-REQ Condition

2.7.170  LOF (BITS)

Clear the LOF (BITS) Alarm

2.7.171  LOF (DS1, DS3, E1, E4, STM1E, STMN)

Clear the LOF (DS1, DS3, E1, E4, STM1E, STMN) Alarm

2.7.172  LOF (TRUNK)

2.7.173  LO-LASERBIAS

Clear the LO-LASERBIAS Alarm

2.7.174  LO-LASERTEMP

Clear the LO-LASERTEMP Alarm

2.7.175  LOM

Clear the LOM Alarm

2.7.176  LO-RXPOWER

Clear the LO-RXPOWER Alarm

2.7.177  LOS (2R)

2.7.178  LOS (BITS)

Clear the LOS (BITS) Alarm

2.7.179  LOS (DS1, DS3)

Clear the LOS (DS1, DS3) Alarm

2.7.180  LOS (E1, E3, E4)

Clear the LOS (E1, E3, E4) Alarm

2.7.181  LOS (ESCON)

2.7.182  LOS (FUDC)

Clear the LOS (FUDC) Alarm

2.7.183  LOS (ISC)

2.7.184  LOS (MSUDC)

2.7.185  LOS (OTS)

2.7.186  LOS (STM1E, STMN)

Clear the LOS (STM1E, STMN) Alarm

2.7.187  LOS (TRUNK)

2.7.188  LOS-O

2.7.189  LOS-P

2.7.190  LO-TXPOWER

Clear the LO-TXPOWER Alarm

2.7.191  LPBKCRS

Clear the LPBKCRS Condition

2.7.192  LPBKDS1FEAC-CMD

2.7.193  LPBKDS3FEAC

Clear the LPBKDS3FEAC Condition

2.7.194  LPBKDS3FEAC-CMD

2.7.195  LPBKE1FEAC

2.7.196  LPBKE3FEAC

2.7.197  LPBKFACILITY (CE100T)

Clear the LPBKFACILITY (CE100T) Condition

2.7.198  LPBKFACILITY (DS1, DS3)

Clear the LPBKFACILITY (DS1, DS3) Condition

2.7.199  LPBKFACILITY (E1, E3, E4)

Clear the LPBKFACILITY (E1, E3, E4) Condition

2.7.200  LPBKFACILITY (ESCON)

2.7.201  LPBKFACILITY (FC)

2.7.202  LPBKFACILITY (FCMR)

Clear the LPBKFACILITY (FCMR) Condition

2.7.203  LPBKFACILITY (G1000)

Clear the LPBKFACILITY (G1000) Condition

2.7.204  LPBKFACILITY (GE)

2.7.205  LPBKFACILITY (ISC)

2.7.206  LPBKFACILITY (STM1E, STMN)

Clear the LPBKFACILITY (STM1E, STMN) Condition

2.7.207  LPBKFACILITY (TRUNK)

2.7.208  LPBKTERMINAL (CE100T)

Clear the LPBKTERMINAL (CE100T) Condition

2.7.209  LPBKTERMINAL (DS1, DS3)

Clear the LPBKTERMINAL (DS3) Condition

2.7.210  LPBKTERMINAL (E1, E3, E4)

Clear the LPBKTERMINAL (E1, E3, E4) Condition

2.7.211  LPBKTERMINAL (ESCON)

2.7.212  LPBKTERMINAL (FC)

2.7.213  LPBKTERMINAL (FCMR)

Clear the LPBKTERMINAL (FCMR) Condition

2.7.214  LPBKTERMINAL (G1000)

Clear the LPBKTERMINAL (G1000) Condition

2.7.215  LPBKTERMINAL (GE)

2.7.216  LPBKTERMINAL (ISC)

2.7.217  LPBKTERMINAL (STM1E, STMN)

Clear the LPBKTERMINAL (STM1E, STMN) Condition

2.7.218  LPBKTERMINAL (TRUNK)

2.7.219  LP-ENCAP-MISMATCH

Clear the LP-ENCAP-MISMATCH Alarm

2.7.220  LP-PLM

Clear the LP-PLM Alarm

2.7.221  LP-RFI

Clear the LP-RFI Condition

2.7.222  LP-TIM

Clear the LP-TIM Alarm

2.7.223  LP-UNEQ

Clear the LP-UNEQ Alarm

2.7.224  MAN-REQ

Clear the MAN-REQ Condition

2.7.225  MANRESET

2.7.226  MANSWTOINT

2.7.227  MANSWTOPRI

2.7.228  MANSWTOSEC

2.7.229  MANSWTOTHIRD

2.7.230  MANUAL-REQ-RING

Clear the MANUAL-REQ-RING Condition

2.7.231  MANUAL-REQ-SPAN

Clear the MANUAL-REQ-SPAN Condition

2.7.232  MEA (BIC)

2.7.233  MEA (EQPT)

Clear the MEA (EQPT) Alarm

2.7.234  MEA (FAN)

Clear the MEA (FAN) Alarm

2.7.235  MEA (PPM)

2.7.236  MEM-GONE

2.7.237  MEM-LOW

2.7.238  MFGMEM (AICI-AEP, AICI-AIE, PPM)

Clear the MFGMEM Alarm

2.7.239  MFGMEM (BPLANE, FAN)

Clear the MFGMEM (BPLANE, FAN) Alarm

2.7.240  MS-AIS

Clear the MS-AIS Condition

2.7.241  MS-EOC

Clear the MS-EOC Alarm

2.7.242  MS-RFI

Clear the MS-RFI Condition

2.7.243  MSSP-OOSYNC

Clear the MSSP-OOSYNC Alarm

2.7.244  MSSP-SW-VER-MISM

Clear the MSSP-SW-VER-MISM Alarm

2.7.245  NO-CONFIG

Clear the NO-CONFIG Alarm

2.7.246  NOT-AUTHENTICATED

2.7.247  OCHNC-INC

2.7.248  ODUK-1-AIS-PM

2.7.249  ODUK-2-AIS-PM

2.7.250  ODUK-3-AIS-PM

2.7.251  ODUK-4-AIS-PM

2.7.252  ODUK-AIS-PM

2.7.253  ODUK-BDI-PM

2.7.254  ODUK-LCK-PM

2.7.255  ODUK-OCI-PM

2.7.256  ODUK-SD-PM

2.7.257  ODUK-SF-PM

2.7.258  ODUK-TIM-PM

2.7.259  OOU-TPT

Clear the OOT-TPT Condition

2.7.260  OPTNTWMIS

2.7.261  OPWR-HDEG

2.7.262  OPWR-HFAIL

2.7.263  OPWR-LDEG

2.7.264  OPWR-LFAIL

2.7.265  OSRION

2.7.266  OTUK-AIS

2.7.267  OTUK-BDI

2.7.268  OTUK-IAE

2.7.269  OTUK-LOF

2.7.270  OTUK-SD

2.7.271  OTUK-SF

2.7.272  OTUK-TIM

2.7.273  OUT-OF-SYNC

2.7.274  PARAM-MISM

2.7.275  PEER-NORESPONSE

Clear the PEER-NORESPONSE Alarm

2.7.276  PORT-ADD-PWR-DEG-HI

2.7.277  PORT-ADD-PWR-DEG-LOW

2.7.278  PORT-ADD-PWR-FAIL-HI

2.7.279  PORT-ADD-PWR-FAIL-LOW

2.7.280  PORT-FAIL

2.7.281  PORT-MISMATCH

Clear the PORT-MISMATCH Alarm

2.7.282  PRC-DUPID

Clear the PRC-DUPID Alarm

2.7.283  PROTNA

Clear the PROTNA Alarm

2.7.284  PROV-MISMATCH

2.7.285  PTIM

2.7.286  PWR-FAIL-A

Clear the PWR-FAIL-A Alarm

2.7.287  PWR-FAIL-B

Clear the PWR-FAIL-B Alarm

2.7.288  PWR-FAIL-RET-A

Clear the PWR-FAIL-RET-A Alarm

2.7.289  PWR-FAIL-RET-B

Clear the PWR-FAIL-RET-A Alarm

2.7.290  RAI

Clear the RAI Condition

2.7.291  RCVR-MISS

Clear the RCVR-MISS Alarm

2.7.292  RFI

2.7.293  RFI-V

2.7.294  RING-ID-MIS

Clear the RING-ID-MIS Alarm

2.7.295  RING-MISMATCH

Clear the RING-MISMATCH Alarm

2.7.296  RING-SW-EAST

2.7.297  RING-SW-WEST

2.7.298  ROLL

2.7.299  ROLL-PEND

2.7.300  RPRW

Clear the RPRW Condition

2.7.301  RS-TIM

Clear the RS-TIM Alarm

2.7.302  RUNCFG-SAVENEED

2.7.303  SD (DS1, DS3, E1, E3, E4, STM1E, STMN)

Clear the SD (DS3, E1, E3, E4, STM1E, STM-N) Condition

2.7.304  SD (TRUNK)

2.7.305  SDBER-EXCEED-HO

Clear the SDBER-EXCEED-HO Condition

2.7.306  SDBER-EXCEED-LO

Clear the SDBER-EXCEED-LO Condition

2.7.307  SD-L

2.7.308  SF (DS1, DS3, E1, E3, E4, STMN)

Clear the SF (DS3, E1, E3, E4, STMN) Condition

2.7.309  SF (TRUNK)

2.7.310  SFBER-EXCEED-HO

Clear the SFBER-EXCEED-HO Condition

2.7.311  SFBER-EXCEED-LO

Clear the SFBER-EXCEED-HO Condition

2.7.312  SF-L

2.7.313  SFTWDOWN

2.7.314  SH-INS-LOSS-VAR-DEG-HIGH

2.7.315  SH-INS-LOSS-VAR-DEG-LOW

2.7.316  SHUTTER-OPEN

2.7.317  SIGLOSS

Clear the SIGLOSS Alarm

2.7.318  SNTP-HOST

Clear the SNTP-HOST Alarm

2.7.319  SPAN-SW-EAST

2.7.320  SPAN-SW-WEST

2.7.321  SQUELCH

Clear the SQUELCH Condition

2.7.322  SQUELCHED

Clear the SQUELCHED Condition

2.7.323  SQM

Clear the SQM Alarm

2.7.324  SSM-DUS

2.7.325  SSM-FAIL

Clear the SSM-FAIL Alarm

2.7.326  SSM-LNC

2.7.327  SSM-OFF

2.7.328  SSM-PRC

2.7.329  SSM-PRS

2.7.330  SSM-RES

2.7.331  SSM-SDH-TN

2.7.332  SSM-SETS

2.7.333  SSM-SMC

2.7.334  SSM-ST2

2.7.335  SSM-ST3

2.7.336  SSM-ST3E

2.7.337  SSM-ST4

2.7.338  SSM-STU

Clear the SSM-STU Condition

2.7.339  SSM-TNC

2.7.340  SW-MISMATCH

2.7.341  SWMTXMOD-PROT

Clear the SWMTXMOD-PROT Alarm

2.7.342  SWMTXMOD-WORK

Clear the SWMTXMOD-WORK Alarm

2.7.343  SWTOPRI

2.7.344  SWTOSEC

2.7.345  SWTOTHIRD

2.7.346  SYNC-FREQ

Clear the SYNC-FREQ Condition

2.7.347  SYNCLOSS

Clear the SYNCLOSS Alarm

2.7.348  SYNCPRI

Clear the SYNCPRI Alarm

2.7.349  SYNCSEC

Clear the SYNCSEC Alarm

2.7.350  SYNCTHIRD

Clear the SYNCTHIRD Alarm

2.7.351  SYSBOOT

2.7.352  TEMP-MISM

Clear the TEMP-MISM Condition

2.7.353  TIM

Clear the TIM Alarm

2.7.354  TIM-MON

Clear the TIM-MON Alarm

2.7.355  TPTFAIL (CE100T)

Clear the TPTFAIL (CE100T) Alarm

2.7.356  TPTFAIL (FCMR)

Clear the TPTFAIL (FCMR) Alarm

2.7.357  TPTFAIL (G1000)

Clear the TPTFAIL (G1000) Alarm

2.7.358  TPTFAIL (ML100T, ML1000, MLFX)

Clear the TPTFAIL (ML100T, ML1000, MLFX) Alarm

2.7.359  TRMT

Clear the TRMT Alarm

2.7.360  TRMT-MISS

Clear the TRMT-MISS Alarm

2.7.361  TU-AIS

Clear the TU-AIS Condition

2.7.362  TU-LOP

Clear the TU-LOP Alarm

2.7.363  TX-AIS

Clear the TX-AIS Condition

2.7.364  TX-LOF

Clear the TX-LOF Condition

2.7.365  TX-RAI

Clear the TX-RAI Condition

2.7.366  UNC-WORD

2.7.367  UNREACHABLE-TARGET-POWER

2.7.368  UT-COMM-FAIL

2.7.369  UT-FAIL

2.7.370  VCG-DEG

Clear the VCG-DEG Condition

2.7.371  VCG-DOWN

Clear the VCG-DOWN Condition

2.7.372  VOA-HDEG

2.7.373  VOA-HFAIL

2.7.374  VOA-LDEG

2.7.375  VOA-LFAIL

2.7.376  VOLT-MISM

Clear the VOLT-MISM Condition

2.7.377  WKSWPR

Clear the WKSWPR Condition

2.7.378  WTR

2.7.379  WVL-MISMATCH

2.8  DWDM Card LED Activity

2.8.1  DWDM Card LED Activity After Insertion

2.8.2  DWDM Card LED Activity During Reset

2.9  Traffic Card LED Activity

2.9.1  Typical Traffic Card LED Activity After Insertion

2.9.2  Typical Traffic Card LED Activity During Reset

2.9.3  Typical Card LED State After Successful Reset

2.9.4  Typical Cross-Connect LED Activity During Side Switch

2.10  Frequently Used Alarm Troubleshooting Procedures

2.10.1  Node and Ring Identification, Change, Visibility, and Termination

Identify an MS-SPRing Ring Name or Node ID Number

Change an MS-SPRing Ring Name

Change an MS-SPRing Node ID Number

Verify Node Visibility for Other Nodes

2.10.2  Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing

Initiate a 1+1 Protection Port Force Switch Command

Initiate a 1+1 Protection Port Manual Switch Command

Clear a 1+1 Protection Port Force or Manual Switch Command

Initiate a Card or Port Lock On Command

Initiate a Card or Port Lock Out Command

Clear a Card or Port Lock On or Lock Out Command

Initiate a 1:1 Card Switch Command

Initiate a Force Switch for All Circuits on an SNCP Span

Initiate a Manual Switch for All Circuits on an SNCP Span

Initiate a Lock-Out-of-Protect Switch for All Circuits on an SNCP Span

Clear an SNCP Span External Switching Command

Initiate a Force Ring Switch on an MS-SPRing

Initiate a Force Span Switch on a Four-Fiber MS-SPRing

Initiate a Manual Ring Switch on an MS-SPRing

Initiate a Lockout on an MS-SPRing Protect Span

Initiate an Exercise Ring Switch on an MS-SPRing

Initiate an Exercise Ring Switch on a Four Fiber MS-SPRing

Clear an MS-SPRing External Switching Command

2.10.3  CTC Card Resetting and Switching

Reset a Traffic Card in CTC

Reset an ActiveTCC2/TCC2P Card and Activate the Standby Card

Reset the Standby TCC2/TCC2P Card

Side Switch the Active and Standby Cross-Connect Cards

2.10.4  Physical Card Reseating, Resetting, and Replacement

Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) the Standby TCC2/TCC2P Card

Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card

Physically Replace a Traffic Card

Physically Replace an In-Service Cross-Connect Card

2.10.5  Generic Signal and Circuit Procedures

Verify the Signal BER Threshold Level

Delete a Circuit

Verify or Create Node RS-DCC Terminations

Clear an STM-N Card Facility or Terminal Loopback Circuit

Clear an STM-N Card XC Loopback Circuit

Clear a Non-STM Card Facility or Terminal Loopback Circuit

2.10.6  Air Filter and Fan Procedures

Inspect, Clean, and Replace the Reusable Air Filter

Remove and Reinsert a Fan-Tray Assembly

Replace the Fan-Tray Assembly

Alarm Troubleshooting

---

---

Note The terms "Unidirectional Path Switched Ring" and "UPSR" may appear in Cisco literature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as "Path Protected Mesh Network" and "PPMN," refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration. Cisco does not recommend using its path protection feature in any particular topological network configuration.

---

This chapter gives a description, severity, and troubleshooting procedure for each commonly encountered Cisco ONS 15454 SDH alarm and condition. Tables 2-1 through 2-5 provide lists of ONS 15454 SDH alarms organized by severity. Table 2-6 provides a list of alarms organized alphabetically. Table 2-7 gives definitions of all ONS 15454 SDH alarm logical objects, which are the basis of the alarm profile list in Table 2-8. For a comprehensive list of all conditions, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH TL1 Reference Guide. For instructions on using Transaction Language One (TL1) commands, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH TL1 Command Guide.

An alarm's troubleshooting procedure applies to both the Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) and TL1 version of that alarm. If the troubleshooting procedure does not clear the alarm log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

More information about alarm profile information modification and downloads is located in the "Manage Alarms" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

2.1  Alarm Index by Default Severity

The following tables group alarms and conditions by their default severities in the ONS 15454 SDH system. These severities are reported in the CTC Alarms window severity (SEV) column.

---

Note The CTC default alarm profile contains some alarms or conditions that are not currently implemented but are reserved for future use.

---

The following tables group alarms and conditions by the severity displayed in the CTC Alarms window in the severity (SEV) column. All severities listed in this manual are the default profile settings. Alarm severities can be altered from default settings for individual alarms or groups of alarms by creating a nondefault alarm profile and applying it on a port, card, or shelf basis. All settings (default or user-defined) that are Critical (CR) or Major (MJ) are demoted to Minor (MN) in situations that do not affect service.

---

Note The CTC default alarm profile in some cases contains two severities for one alarm (for example, MJ/MN). The ONS 15454 SDH platform default severity comes first (in this example, MJ), but the alarm can be demoted to the second severity in the presence of a higher-ranking alarm.

---

2.1.1  Critical Alarms (CR)

Table 2-1 alphabetically lists ONS 15454 SDH Critical (CR) alarms.

Table 2-1 ONS 15454 SDH Critical Alarm List 

AU-LOF (VCTRM-HP)	IMPROPRMVL (EQPT)	MFGMEM (BPLANE)
AU-LOP (VCMON-HP)	IMPROPRMVL (PPM)	MFGMEM (FAN)
AU-LOP (VCTRM-HP)	LOA (VCG)	MFGMEM (PPM)
AUTOLSROFF (STMN)	LOF (DS3)	OPWR-HFAIL (AOTS)
AUTOLSROFF (TRUNK)	LOF (E4)	OPWR-HFAIL (OCH)
AWG-FAIL (OTS)	LOF (STM1E)	OPWR-HFAIL (OMS)
AWG-OVERTEMP (OTS)	LOF (STMN)	OPWR-HFAIL (OTS)
BKUPMEMP (EQPT)	LOF (TRUNK)	OPWR-LFAIL (AOTS)
COMIOXC (EQPT)	LOM (TRUNK)	OPWR-LFAIL (OCH)
CONTBUS-DISABLED (EQPT)	LOM (VCMON-HP)	OPWR-LFAIL (OMS)
CTNEQPT-PBPROT (EQPT)	LOS (DS3)	OPWR-LFAIL (OTS)
CTNEQPT-PBWORK (EQPT)	LOS (E3)	OTUK-LOF (TRUNK)
EQPT (AICI-AEP)	LOS (E4)	OTUK-TIM (TRUNK)
EQPT (AICI-AIE)	LOS (ESCON)	PORT-ADD-PWR-FAIL-HIGH (OCH)
EQPT (EQPT)	LOS (ISC)	PORT-ADD-PWR-FAIL-LOW (OCH)
EQPT (PPM)	LOS (OTS)	PORT-FAIL (OCH)
EQPT-MISS (FAN)	LOS (STM1E)	RS-TIM (STMN)
FAN (FAN)	LOS (STMN)	SQM (VCTRM-HP)
GAIN-HFAIL (AOTS)	LOS (TRUNK)	SWMTXMOD-PROT (EQPT)
GAIN-LFAIL (AOTS)	LOS-P (OCH)	SWMTXMOD-WORK (EQPT)
GE-OOSYNC (FC)	LOS-P (OMS)	TIM (STMN)
GE-OOSYNC (GE)	LOS-P (OTS)	TIM (TRUNK)
GE-OOSYNC (ISC)	LOS-P (TRUNK)	VOA-HFAIL (AOTS)
GE-OOSYNC (TRUNK)	LP-ENCAP-MISMATCH (VCTRM-LP)	VOA-HFAIL (OCH)
HITEMP (NE)	MEA (BIC)	VOA-HFAIL (OMS)
HP-ENCAP-MISMATCH (VCTRM-HP)	MEA (EQPT)	VOA-HFAIL (OTS)
HP-TIM (VCTRM-HP)	MEA (FAN)	VOA-LFAIL (AOTS)
HP-UNEQ (VCMON-HP)	MEA (PPM)	VOA-LFAIL (OCH)
HP-UNEQ (VCTRM-HP)	MFGMEM (AICI-AEP)	VOA-LFAIL (OMS)
I-HITEMP (NE)	MFGMEM (AICI-AIE)	VOA-LFAIL (OTS)

2.1.2  Major Alarms (MJ)

Table 2-2 alphabetically lists ONS 15454 SDH Major (MJ) alarms.

Table 2-2 ONS 15454 SDH Major Alarm List 

APSCM (STMN)	GFP-LFD (CE100T)	PTIM (TRUNK)
APSCNMIS (STMN)	GFP-LFD (FCMR)	RCVR-MISS (DS1)
BAT-FAIL (PWR)	GFP-LFD (GFP-FAC)	RCVR-MISS (E1)
CARLOSS (CE100T)	GFP-LFD (ML1000)	RING-ID-MIS (OSC-RING)
CARLOSS (E1000F)	GFP-LFD (ML100T)	RING-ID-MIS (STMN)
CARLOSS (E100T)	GFP-LFD (MLFX)	RING-MISMATCH (STMN)
CARLOSS (EQPT)	GFP-NO-BUFFERS (FCMR)	SIGLOSS (FC)
CARLOSS (FC)	GFP-NO-BUFFERS (GFP-FAC)	SIGLOSS (FCMR)
CARLOSS (G1000)	GFP-UP-MISMATCH (CE100T)	SIGLOSS (GE)
CARLOSS (GE)	GFP-UP-MISMATCH (FCMR)	SIGLOSS (ISC)
CARLOSS (ISC)	GFP-UP-MISMATCH (GFP-FAC)	SIGLOSS (TRUNK)
CARLOSS (ML1000)	GFP-UP-MISMATCH (ML1000)	SQM (VCTRM-LP)
CARLOSS (ML100T)	GFP-UP-MISMATCH (ML100T)	SYNCLOSS (FC)
CARLOSS (MLFX)	GFP-UP-MISMATCH (MLFX)	SYNCLOSS (FCMR)
CARLOSS (TRUNK)	INVMACADR (BPLANE)	SYNCLOSS (GE)
DBOSYNC (NE)	LASERBIAS-FAIL (AOTS)	SYNCLOSS (ISC)
DSP-COMM-FAIL (TRUNK)	LOF (DS1)	SYNCLOSS (TRUNK)
DSP-FAIL (TRUNK)	LOF (E1)	SYNCPRI (NE-SREF)
EHIBATVG (PWR)	LOM (VCTRM-HP)	SYSBOOT (NE)
ELWBATVG (PWR)	LOS (DS1)	TIM (STM1E)
E-W-MISMATCH (STMN)	LOS (E1)	TPTFAIL (CE100T)
EXTRA-TRAF-PREEMPT (STMN)	LP-PLM (VCTRM-LP)	TPTFAIL (FCMR)
FC-NO-CREDITS (FC)	LP-TIM (VCTRM-LP)	TPTFAIL (G1000)
FC-NO-CREDITS (FCMR)	LP-UNEQ (VCMON-LP)	TPTFAIL (ML1000)
FC-NO-CREDITS (TRUNK)	LP-UNEQ (VCTRM-LP)	TPTFAIL (ML100T)
FEC-MISM (TRUNK)	MEM-GONE (EQPT)	TPTFAIL (MLFX)
GFP-CSF (CE100T)	MSSP-OOSYNC (STMN)	TRMT (DS1)
GFP-CSF (FCMR)	MSSP-SW-VER-MISM (STMN)	TRMT (E1)
GFP-CSF (GFP-FAC)	ODUK-TIM-PM (TRUNK)	TRMT-MISS (DS1)
GFP-CSF (ML1000)	OPTNTWMIS (NE)	TRMT-MISS (E1)
GFP-CSF (ML100T)	OUT-OF-SYNC (FC)	TU-LOP (VCMON-LP)
GFP-CSF (MLFX)	OUT-OF-SYNC (GE)	TU-LOP (VCTRM-LP)
GFP-DE-MISMATCH (FCMR)	OUT-OF-SYNC (TRUNK)	UT-COMM-FAIL (TRUNK)
GFP-DE-MISMATCH (GFP-FAC)	PEER-NORESPONSE (EQPT)	UT-FAIL (TRUNK)
GFP-EX-MISMATCH (FCMR)	PRC-DUPID (STMN)	WVL-MISMATCH (TRUNK)
GFP-EX-MISMATCH (GFP-FAC)	—	—

2.1.3  Minor Alarms (MN)

Table 2-3 alphabetically lists ONS 15454 SDH Minor (MN) alarms.

Table 2-3 ONS 15454 SDH Minor Alarm List 

APSB (STMN)	HI-RXPOWER (GE)	LO-TXPOWER (STMN)
APSCDFLTK (STMN)	HI-RXPOWER (ISC)	LO-TXPOWER (TRUNK)
APSC-IMP (STMN)	HI-RXPOWER (STMN)	MEM-LOW (EQPT)
APSCINCON (STMN)	HI-RXPOWER (TRUNK)	MS-EOC (STMN)
APSIMP (STMN)	HITEMP (EQPT)	OPWR-HDEG (OCH)
APS-INV-PRIM (STMN)	HI-TXPOWER (EQPT)	OPWR-HDEG (OMS)
APSMM (STMN)	HI-TXPOWER (ESCON)	OPWR-HDEG (OTS)
APS-PRIM-SEC-MISM (STMN)	HI-TXPOWER (FC)	OPWR-LDEG (AOTS)
AUTORESET (EQPT)	HI-TXPOWER (GE)	OPWR-LDEG (OCH)
AUTOSW-UNEQ-SNCP (VCMON-LP)	HI-TXPOWER (ISC)	OPWR-LDEG (OMS)
AWG-DEG (OTS)	HI-TXPOWER (PPM)	OPWR-LDEG (OTS)
CASETEMP-DEG (AOTS)	HI-TXPOWER (STMN)	OTUK-IAE (TRUNK)
COMM-FAIL (EQPT)	HI-TXPOWER (TRUNK)	PORT-ADD-PWR-DEG-HI (OCH)
CONTBUS-A-18 (EQPT)	HP-TIM (VCMON-HP)	PORT-ADD-PWR-DEG-LOW (OCH)
CONTBUS-B-18 (EQPT)	ISIS-ADJ-FAIL (STMN)	PROTNA (EQPT)
CONTBUS-IO-A (EQPT)	KBYTE-APS-CHANNEL-FAILURE (STMN)	PROV-MISMATCH (PPM)
CONTBUS-IO-B (EQPT)	LASERBIAS-DEG (AOTS)	PWR-FAIL-A (EQPT)
DATAFLT (NE)	LASERBIAS-DEG (OTS)	PWR-FAIL-B (EQPT)
DUP-IPADDR (NE)	LASERTEMP-DEG (AOTS)	PWR-FAIL-RET-A (EQPT)
DUP-NODENAME (NE)	LOF (BITS)	PWR-FAIL-RET-B (EQPT)
EOC (STMN)	LO-LASERBIAS (EQPT)	SFTWDOWN (EQPT)
EOC (TRUNK)	LO-LASERBIAS (PPM)	SH-INS-LOSS-VAR-DEG-HIGH (OTS)
EOC-L (TRUNK)	LO-LASERBIAS (STMN)	SH-INS-LOSS-VAR-DEG-LOW (OTS)
ERROR-CONFIG (EQPT)	LO-LASERTEMP (EQPT)	SNTP-HOST (NE)
EXCCOL (EQPT)	LO-LASERTEMP (PPM)	SSM-FAIL (BITS)
EXT (ENVALRM)	LO-LASERTEMP (STMN)	SSM-FAIL (E1)
FEPRLF (STMN)	LOM (VCTRM-LP)	SSM-FAIL (TRUNK)
FIBERTEMP-DEG (AOTS)	LO-RXPOWER (ESCON)	SYNCPRI (EXT-SREF)
GAIN-HDEG (AOTS)	LO-RXPOWER (FC)	SYNCSEC (EXT-SREF)
GAIN-LDEG (AOTS)	LO-RXPOWER (GE)	SYNCSEC (NE-SREF)
GCC-EOC (TRUNK)	LO-RXPOWER (ISC)	SYNCTHIRD (EXT-SREF)
HELLO (STMN)	LO-RXPOWER (STMN)	SYNCTHIRD (NE-SREF)
HI-LASERBIAS (EQPT)	LO-RXPOWER (TRUNK)	TIM-MON (STMN)
HI-LASERBIAS (ESCON)	LOS (BITS)	TIM-MON (TRUNK)
HI-LASERBIAS (FC)	LOS (FUDC)	UNREACHABLE-TARGET-POWER (OCH)
HI-LASERBIAS (GE)	LOS (MSUDC)	VOA-HDEG (AOTS)
HI-LASERBIAS (ISC)	LOS-O (OCH)	VOA-HDEG (OCH)
HI-LASERBIAS (PPM)	LOS-O (OMS)	VOA-HDEG (OMS)
HI-LASERBIAS (STMN)	LOS-O (OTS)	VOA-HDEG (OTS)
HI-LASERBIAS (TRUNK)	LO-TXPOWER (EQPT)	VOA-LDEG (AOTS)
HI-LASERTEMP (EQPT)	LO-TXPOWER (ESCON)	VOA-LDEG (OCH)
HI-LASERTEMP (PPM)	LO-TXPOWER (FC)	VOA-LDEG (OMS)
HI-LASERTEMP (STMN)	LO-TXPOWER (GE)	VOA-LDEG (OTS)
HI-RXPOWER (ESCON)	LO-TXPOWER (ISC)	OPWR-HDEG (AOTS)
HI-RXPOWER (FC)	LO-TXPOWER (PPM)	—

2.1.4  Not Alarmed Conditions (NA)

Table 2-4 alphabetically lists ONS 15454 SDH Not Alarmed (NA) conditions.

Table 2-4 ONS 15454 SDH Not Alarmed Conditions List 

ALS (AOTS)	FORCED-REQ-SPAN (ESCON)	ROLL (VCMON-LP)
ALS (ESCON)	FORCED-REQ-SPAN (FC)	ROLL (VCTRM-HP)
ALS (FC)	FORCED-REQ-SPAN (GE)	ROLL-PEND (VCMON-HP)
ALS (GE)	FORCED-REQ-SPAN (ISC)	ROLL-PEND (VCMON-LP)
ALS (ISC)	FORCED-REQ-SPAN (STMN)	RPRW (ML1000)
ALS (TRUNK)	FORCED-REQ-SPAN (TRUNK)	RPRW (ML100T)
AMPLI-INIT (AOTS)	FRCDSWTOINT (NE-SREF)	RPRW (MLFX)
APC-CORRECTION-SKIPPED (AOTS)	FRCDSWTOPRI (EXT-SREF)	RUNCFG-SAVENEED (EQPT)
APC-CORRECTION-SKIPPED (OCH)	FRCDSWTOPRI (NE-SREF)	SD (DS1)
APC-CORRECTION-SKIPPED (OMS)	FRCDSWTOSEC (EXT-SREF)	SD (DS3)
APC-CORRECTION-SKIPPED (OTS)	FRCDSWTOSEC (NE-SREF)	SD (E1)
APC-DISABLED (NE)	FRCDSWTOTHIRD (EXT-SREF)	SD (E3)
APC-END (NE)	FRCDSWTOTHIRD (NE-SREF)	SD (E4)
APC-OUT-OF-RANGE (AOTS)	FRNGSYNC (NE-SREF)	SD (STM1E)
APC-OUT-OF-RANGE (OCH)	FSTSYNC (NE-SREF)	SD (STMN)
APC-OUT-OF-RANGE (OMS)	FULLPASSTHR-BI (STMN)	SD (TRUNK)
APC-OUT-OF-RANGE (OTS)	HLDOVRSYNC (NE-SREF)	SDBER-EXCEED-HO (VCMON-HP)
APS-PRIM-FAC (STMN)	INC-ISD (DS3)	SDBER-EXCEED-HO (VCTRM-HP)
AS-CMD (AOTS)	INC-ISD (E3)	SDBER-EXCEED-LO (VCMON-LP)
AS-CMD (BPLANE)	INHSWPR (EQPT)	SDBER-EXCEED-LO (VCTRM-LP)
AS-CMD (CE100T)	INHSWWKG (EQPT)	SD-L (STM1E)
AS-CMD (DS1)	INTRUSION-PSWD (NE)	SF (DS1)
AS-CMD (DS3)	IOSCFGCOPY (EQPT)	SF (DS3)
AS-CMD (E1)	KB-PASSTHR (STMN)	SF (E1)
AS-CMD (E1000F)	LAN-POL-REV (NE)	SF (E3)
AS-CMD (E100T)	LASER-APR (AOTS)	SF (E4)
AS-CMD (E3)	LCAS-CRC (VCTRM-HP)	SF (STMN)
AS-CMD (E4)	LCAS-CRC (VCTRM-LP)	SF (TRUNK)
AS-CMD (EQPT)	LCAS-RX-FAIL (VCTRM-HP)	SFBER-EXCEED-HO (VCMON-HP)
AS-CMD (ESCON)	LCAS-RX-FAIL (VCTRM-LP)	SFBER-EXCEED-HO (VCTRM-HP)
AS-CMD (FC)	LCAS-TX-ADD (VCTRM-HP)	SFBER-EXCEED-LO (VCMON-LP)
AS-CMD (FCMR)	LCAS-TX-ADD (VCTRM-LP)	SFBER-EXCEED-LO (VCTRM-LP)
AS-CMD (G1000)	LCAS-TX-DNU (VCTRM-HP)	SF-L (STM1E)
AS-CMD (GE)	LCAS-TX-DNU (VCTRM-LP)	SHUTTER-OPEN (OTS)
AS-CMD (GFP-FAC)	LKOUTPR-S (STMN)	SPAN-SW-EAST (STMN)
AS-CMD (ISC)	LOCKOUT-REQ (EQPT)	SPAN-SW-WEST (STMN)
AS-CMD (ML1000)	LOCKOUT-REQ (ESCON)	SQUELCH (STMN)
AS-CMD (ML100T)	LOCKOUT-REQ (FC)	SQUELCHED (ESCON)
AS-CMD (MLFX)	LOCKOUT-REQ (GE)	SQUELCHED (FC)
AS-CMD (NE)	LOCKOUT-REQ (ISC)	SQUELCHED (GE)
AS-CMD (OCH)	LOCKOUT-REQ (STMN)	SQUELCHED (ISC)
AS-CMD (OMS)	LOCKOUT-REQ (TRUNK)	SQUELCHED (STMN)
AS-CMD (OTS)	LOCKOUT-REQ (VCMON-HP)	SQUELCHED (TRUNK)
AS-CMD (PPM)	LOCKOUT-REQ (VCMON-LP)	SSM-DUS (BITS)
AS-CMD (PWR)	LPBKCRS (VCMON-HP)	SSM-DUS (E1)
AS-CMD (STM1E)	LPBKCRS (VCTRM-HP)	SSM-DUS (STMN)
AS-CMD (STMN)	LPBKDS1FEAC-CMD (DS1)	SSM-LNC (BITS)
AS-CMD (TRUNK)	LPBKDS3FEAC (DS3)	SSM-LNC (NE-SREF)
AS-MT (AOTS)	LPBKDS3FEAC-CMD (DS3)	SSM-LNC (STMN)
AS-MT (CE100T)	LPBKDS3FEAC-CMD (E3)	SSM-LNC (TRUNK)
AS-MT (DS1)	LPBKE1FEAC (E3)	SSM-OFF (BITS)
AS-MT (DS3)	LPBKE3FEAC (E3)	SSM-OFF (E1)
AS-MT (E1)	LPBKFACILITY (CE100T)	SSM-OFF (TRUNK)
AS-MT (E3)	LPBKFACILITY (DS1)	SSM-PRC (BITS)
AS-MT (E4)	LPBKFACILITY (DS3)	SSM-PRC (NE-SREF)
AS-MT (EQPT)	LPBKFACILITY (E1)	SSM-PRC (STMN)
AS-MT (ESCON)	LPBKFACILITY (E3)	SSM-PRC (TRUNK)
AS-MT (FC)	LPBKFACILITY (E4)	SSM-PRS (E1)
AS-MT (FCMR)	LPBKFACILITY (ESCON)	SSM-PRS (TRUNK)
AS-MT (G1000)	LPBKFACILITY (FC)	SSM-RES (E1)
AS-MT (GE)	LPBKFACILITY (FCMR)	SSM-RES (TRUNK)
AS-MT (GFP-FAC)	LPBKFACILITY (G1000)	SSM-SDH-TN (BITS)
AS-MT (ISC)	LPBKFACILITY (GE)	SSM-SDH-TN (NE-SREF)
AS-MT (ML1000)	LPBKFACILITY (ISC)	SSM-SDH-TN (TRUNK)
AS-MT (ML100T)	LPBKFACILITY (STM1E)	SSM-SETS (BITS)
AS-MT (MLFX)	LPBKFACILITY (STMN)	SSM-SETS (NE-SREF)
AS-MT (OCH)	LPBKFACILITY (TRUNK)	SSM-SETS (STMN)
AS-MT (OMS)	LPBKTERMINAL (CE100T)	SSM-SETS (TRUNK)
AS-MT (OTS)	LPBKTERMINAL (DS1)	SSM-SMC (E1)
AS-MT (PPM)	LPBKTERMINAL (DS3)	SSM-SMC (TRUNK)
AS-MT (STM1E)	LPBKTERMINAL (E1)	SSM-ST2 (E1)
AS-MT (STMN)	LPBKTERMINAL (E3)	SSM-ST2 (TRUNK)
AS-MT (TRUNK)	LPBKTERMINAL (E4)	SSM-ST3 (E1)
AS-MT-OOG (VCTRM-HP)	LPBKTERMINAL (ESCON)	SSM-ST3 (TRUNK)
AS-MT-OOG (VCTRM-LP)	LPBKTERMINAL (FC)	SSM-ST3E (E1)
AUD-LOG-LOSS (NE)	LPBKTERMINAL (FCMR)	SSM-ST3E (TRUNK)
AUD-LOG-LOW (NE)	LPBKTERMINAL (G1000)	SSM-ST4 (E1)
AUTOSW-LOP-SNCP (VCMON-HP)	LPBKTERMINAL (GE)	SSM-ST4 (STMN)
AUTOSW-LOP-SNCP (VCMON-LP)	LPBKTERMINAL (ISC)	SSM-ST4 (TRUNK)
—	LPBKTERMINAL (STM1E)	SSM-STU (BITS)
AUTOSW-SDBER-SNCP (VCMON-HP)	LPBKTERMINAL (STMN)	SSM-STU (E1)
AUTOSW-SFBER-SNCP (VCMON-HP)	LPBKTERMINAL (TRUNK)	SSM-STU (NE-SREF)
AUTOSW-UNEQ-SNCP (VCMON-HP)	MAN-REQ (EQPT)	SSM-STU (STMN)
AWG-WARM-UP (OTS)	MAN-REQ (VCMON-HP)	SSM-STU (TRUNK)
CLDRESTART (EQPT)	MAN-REQ (VCMON-LP)	SSM-TNC (STMN)
CTNEQPT-MISMATCH (EQPT)	MANRESET (EQPT)	SSM-TNC (TRUNK)
DS3-MISM (DS3)	MANSWTOINT (NE-SREF)	SW-MISMATCH (EQPT)
ETH-LINKLOSS (NE)	MANSWTOPRI (EXT-SREF)	SWTOPRI (EXT-SREF)
EXERCISE-RING-FAIL (STMN)	MANSWTOPRI (NE-SREF)	SWTOPRI (NE-SREF)
EXERCISE-SPAN-FAIL (STMN)	MANSWTOSEC (EXT-SREF)	SWTOSEC (EXT-SREF)
FAILTOSW (EQPT)	MANSWTOSEC (NE-SREF)	SWTOSEC (NE-SREF)
FAILTOSW (ESCON)	MANSWTOTHIRD (EXT-SREF)	SWTOTHIRD (EXT-SREF)
FAILTOSW (FC)	MANSWTOTHIRD (NE-SREF)	SWTOTHIRD (NE-SREF)
FAILTOSW (GE)	MANUAL-REQ-RING (STMN)	SYNC-FREQ (E1)
FAILTOSW (ISC)	MANUAL-REQ-SPAN (ESCON)	SYNC-FREQ (STMN)
FAILTOSW (STMN)	MANUAL-REQ-SPAN (FC)	SYNC-FREQ (TRUNK)
FAILTOSW (TRUNK)	MANUAL-REQ-SPAN (GE)	TEMP-MISM (NE)
FAILTOSW-HO (VCMON-HP)	MANUAL-REQ-SPAN (ISC)	TX-RAI (DS1)
FAILTOSW-LO (VCMON-LP)	MANUAL-REQ-SPAN (STMN)	TX-RAI (E1)
FAILTOSWR (STMN)	MANUAL-REQ-SPAN (TRUNK)	TX-RAI (E3)
FAILTOSWS (STMN)	NO-CONFIG (EQPT)	UNC-WORD (TRUNK)
FE-AIS (E3)	OCHNC-INC (OCHNC-CONN)	VCG-DEG (VCG)
FE-E1-MULTLOS (E3)	ODUK-SD-PM (TRUNK)	VCG-DOWN (VCG)
FE-E1-NSA (E3)	ODUK-SF-PM (TRUNK)	VOLT-MISM (PWR)
FE-E1-SA (E3)	OOU-TPT (VCTRM-HP)	WKSWPR (EQPT)
FE-E1-SNGLLOS (E3)	OOU-TPT (VCTRM-LP)	WKSWPR (ESCON)
FE-E3-NSA (E3)	OSRION (AOTS)	WKSWPR (FC)
FE-E3-SA (E3)	OSRION (OTS)	WKSWPR (GE)
FE-EQPT-NSA (E3)	OTUK-SD (TRUNK)	WKSWPR (ISC)
FE-FRCDWKSWBK-SPAN (STMN)	OTUK-SF (TRUNK)	WKSWPR (STMN)
FE-FRCDWKSWPR-RING (STMN)	OUT-OF-SYNC (ISC)	WKSWPR (TRUNK)
FE-FRCDWKSWPR-SPAN (STMN)	PARAM-MISM (OCH)	WKSWPR (VCMON-HP)
FE-IDLE (E3)	PARAM-MISM (OMS)	WKSWPR (VCMON-LP)
FE-LOCKOUTOFPR-SPAN (STMN)	PARAM-MISM (OTS)	WTR (EQPT)
FE-LOF (E3)	—	WTR (ESCON)
FE-LOS (E3)	PORT-MISMATCH (FCMR)	WTR (FC)
FE-MANWKSWBK-SPAN (STMN)	RAI (DS1)	WTR (GE)
FE-MANWKSWPR-RING (STMN)	RAI (DS3)	WTR (ISC)
FE-MANWKSWPR-SPAN (STMN)	RAI (E1)	WTR (STMN)
FORCED-REQ (EQPT)	RFI-V (VCMON-LP)	WTR (TRUNK)
FORCED-REQ (VCMON-HP)	RING-SW-EAST (STMN)	WTR (VCMON-HP)
FORCED-REQ (VCMON-LP)	RING-SW-WEST (STMN)	WTR (VCMON-LP)
FORCED-REQ-RING (STMN)	ROLL (VCMON-HP)	—

2.1.5  Not Reported Conditions (NR)

Table 2-5 alphabetically lists ONS 15454 SDH Not Reported (NR) conditions.

Table 2-5 ONS 15454 SDH Not Reported Conditions List 

AIS (BITS)	AUTOSW-AIS-SNCP (VCMON-LP)	ODUK-OCI-PM (TRUNK)
AIS (DS1)	HP-RFI (VCMON-HP)	OTUK-AIS (TRUNK)
AIS (DS3)	LP-RFI (VCTRM-LP)	OTUK-BDI (TRUNK)
AIS (E1)	MS-AIS (STM1E)	RFI (TRUNK)
AIS (E3)	MS-AIS (STMN)	ROLL-PEND (VCTRM-HP)
AIS (E4)	MS-RFI (STM1E)	TU-AIS (VCMON-LP)
AIS (FUDC)	ODUK-1-AIS-PM (TRUNK)	TU-AIS (VCTRM-LP)
AIS (MSUDC)	ODUK-2-AIS-PM (TRUNK)	TX-AIS (DS1)
AIS (TRUNK)	ODUK-3-AIS-PM (TRUNK)	TX-AIS (DS3)
AIS-L (TRUNK)	ODUK-4-AIS-PM (TRUNK)	TX-AIS (E1)
AU-AIS (VCMON-HP)	ODUK-AIS-PM (TRUNK)	TX-AIS (E3)
AU-AIS (VCTRM-HP)	ODUK-BDI-PM (TRUNK)	TX-LOF (DS1)
AUTOSW-AIS-SNCP (VCMON-HP)	ODUK-LCK-PM (TRUNK)	TX-LOF (E1)

2.2  Alarms and Conditions Listed By Alphabetical Entry

Table 2-6 alphabetically lists all ONS 15454 SDH alarms and conditions.

Table 2-6 ONS 15454 SDH Alarm and Condition Alphabetical List 

AIS (BITS)	GFP-LFD (MLFX)	OPWR-LFAIL (OCH)
AIS (DS1)	GFP-NO-BUFFERS (FCMR)	OPWR-LFAIL (OMS)
AIS (DS3)	GFP-NO-BUFFERS (GFP-FAC)	OPWR-LFAIL (OTS)
AIS (E1)	GFP-UP-MISMATCH (CE100T)	OSRION (AOTS)
AIS (E3)	GFP-UP-MISMATCH (FCMR)	OSRION (OTS)
AIS (E4)	GFP-UP-MISMATCH (GFP-FAC)	OTUK-AIS (TRUNK)
AIS (FUDC)	GFP-UP-MISMATCH (ML1000)	OTUK-BDI (TRUNK)
AIS (MSUDC)	GFP-UP-MISMATCH (ML100T)	OTUK-IAE (TRUNK)
AIS (TRUNK)	GFP-UP-MISMATCH (MLFX)	OTUK-LOF (TRUNK)
AIS-L (TRUNK)	HELLO (STMN)	OTUK-SD (TRUNK)
ALS (2R)	HI-LASERBIAS (2R)	OTUK-SF (TRUNK)
ALS (AOTS)	HI-LASERBIAS (EQPT)	OTUK-TIM (TRUNK)
ALS (FC)	HI-LASERBIAS (ESCON)	OUT-OF-SYNC (FC)
ALS (GE)	HI-LASERBIAS (FC)	OUT-OF-SYNC (GE)
ALS (ISC)	HI-LASERBIAS (GE)	OUT-OF-SYNC (ISC)
ALS (STMN)	HI-LASERBIAS (ISC)	OUT-OF-SYNC (TRUNK)
ALS (TRUNK)	HI-LASERBIAS (PPM)	PARAM-MISM (AOTS)
AMPLI-INIT (AOTS)	HI-LASERBIAS (STMN)	PARAM-MISM (OCH)
APC-CORRECTION-SKIPPED (AOTS)	HI-LASERBIAS (TRUNK)	PARAM-MISM (OMS)
APC-CORRECTION-SKIPPED (OCH)	HI-LASERTEMP (EQPT)	PARAM-MISM (OTS)
APC-CORRECTION-SKIPPED (OMS)	HI-LASERTEMP (PPM)	—
APC-CORRECTION-SKIPPED (OTS)	HI-LASERTEMP (STMN)	PEER-NORESPONSE (EQPT)
APC-DISABLED (NE)	HI-RXPOWER (2R)	PORT-ADD-PWR-DEG-HI (OCH)
APC-END (NE)	HI-RXPOWER (ESCON)	PORT-ADD-PWR-DEG-LOW (OCH)
APC-OUT-OF-RANGE (AOTS)	HI-RXPOWER (FC)	PORT-ADD-PWR-FAIL-HIGH (OCH)
APC-OUT-OF-RANGE (OCH)	HI-RXPOWER (GE)	PORT-ADD-PWR-FAIL-LOW (OCH)
APC-OUT-OF-RANGE (OMS)	HI-RXPOWER (ISC)	PORT-FAIL (OCH)
APC-OUT-OF-RANGE (OTS)	HI-RXPOWER (STMN)	PORT-MISMATCH (FCMR)
APSB (STMN)	HI-RXPOWER (TRUNK)	PRC-DUPID (STMN)
APSCDFLTK (STMN)	HITEMP (EQPT)	PROTNA (EQPT)
APSC-IMP (STMN)	HITEMP (NE)	PROV-MISMATCH (PPM)
APSCINCON (STMN)	HI-TXPOWER (2R)	PTIM (TRUNK)
APSCM (STMN)	HI-TXPOWER (EQPT)	PWR-FAIL-A (EQPT)
APSCNMIS (STMN)	HI-TXPOWER (ESCON)	PWR-FAIL-B (EQPT)
APSIMP (STMN)	HI-TXPOWER (FC)	PWR-FAIL-RET-A (EQPT)
APS-INV-PRIM (STMN)	HI-TXPOWER (GE)	PWR-FAIL-RET-B (EQPT)
APSMM (STMN)	HI-TXPOWER (ISC)	RAI (DS1)
APS-PRIM-FAC (STMN)	HI-TXPOWER (PPM)	RAI (DS3)
APS-PRIM-SEC-MISM (STMN)	HI-TXPOWER (STMN)	RAI (E1)
AS-CMD (2R)	HI-TXPOWER (TRUNK)	RCVR-MISS (DS1)
AS-CMD (AOTS)	HLDOVRSYNC (NE-SREF)	RCVR-MISS (E1)
AS-CMD (BPLANE)	HP-ENCAP-MISMATCH (VCTRM-HP)	RFI (TRUNK)
AS-CMD (CE100T)	HP-RFI (VCMON-HP)	RFI-V (VCMON-LP)
AS-CMD (DS1)	HP-TIM (VCMON-HP)	RING-ID-MIS (OSC-RING)
AS-CMD (DS3)	HP-TIM (VCTRM-HP)	RING-ID-MIS (STMN)
AS-CMD (E1)	HP-UNEQ (VCMON-HP)	RING-MISMATCH (STMN)
AS-CMD (E1000F)	HP-UNEQ (VCTRM-HP)	RING-SW-EAST (STMN)
AS-CMD (E100T)	I-HITEMP (NE)	RING-SW-WEST (STMN)
AS-CMD (E3)	IMPROPRMVL (EQPT)	ROLL (VCMON-HP)
AS-CMD (E4)	IMPROPRMVL (PPM)	ROLL (VCMON-LP)
AS-CMD (EQPT)	INC-ISD (DS3)	ROLL (VCTRM-HP)
AS-CMD (ESCON)	INC-ISD (E3)	ROLL-PEND (VCMON-HP)
AS-CMD (FC)	INHSWPR (EQPT)	ROLL-PEND (VCMON-LP)
AS-CMD (FCMR)	INHSWWKG (EQPT)	ROLL-PEND (VCTRM-HP)
AS-CMD (G1000)	INTRUSION-PSWD (NE)	RPRW (ML1000)
AS-CMD (GE)	INVMACADR (BPLANE)	RPRW (ML100T)
AS-CMD (ISC)	IOSCFGCOPY (EQPT)	RPRW (MLFX)
AS-CMD (ML1000)	ISIS-ADJ-FAIL (STMN)	RS-TIM (STMN)
AS-CMD (ML100T)	KB-PASSTHR (STMN)	RUNCFG-SAVENEED (EQPT)
AS-CMD (MLFX)	KBYTE-APS-CHANNEL-FAILURE (STMN)	SD (DS1)
AS-CMD (NE)	LAN-POL-REV (NE)	SD (DS3)
AS-CMD (OCH)	LASER-APR (AOTS)	SD (E1)
AS-CMD (OMS)	LASERBIAS-DEG (AOTS)	SD (E3)
AS-CMD (OTS)	LASERBIAS-DEG (OTS)	SD (E4)
AS-CMD (PPM)	LASERBIAS-FAIL (AOTS)	SD (STM1E)
AS-CMD (PWR)	LASERTEMP-DEG (AOTS)	SD (STMN)
AS-CMD (STM1E)	LCAS-CRC (VCTRM-HP)	SD (TRUNK)
AS-CMD (STMN)	LCAS-CRC (VCTRM-LP)	SDBER-EXCEED-HO (VCMON-HP)
AS-CMD (TRUNK)	LCAS-RX-FAIL (VCTRM-HP)	SDBER-EXCEED-HO (VCTRM-HP)
AS-CMD (GFP-FAC)	LCAS-RX-FAIL (VCTRM-LP)	SDBER-EXCEED-LO (VCMON-LP)
AS-MT (2R)	LCAS-TX-ADD (VCTRM-HP)	SDBER-EXCEED-LO (VCTRM-LP)
AS-MT (AOTS)	LCAS-TX-ADD (VCTRM-LP)	SD-L (STM1E)
AS-MT (CE100T)	LCAS-TX-DNU (VCTRM-HP)	SF (DS1)
AS-MT (DS1)	LCAS-TX-DNU (VCTRM-LP)	SF (DS3)
AS-MT (DS3)	LKOUTPR-S (STMN)	SF (E1)
AS-MT (E1)	LOA (VCG)	SF (E3)
AS-MT (E3)	LOCKOUT-REQ (2R)	SF (E4)
AS-MT (E4)	LOCKOUT-REQ (EQPT)	SF (STMN)
AS-MT (EQPT)	LOCKOUT-REQ (ESCON)	SF (TRUNK)
AS-MT (ESCON)	LOCKOUT-REQ (FC)	SFBER-EXCEED-HO (VCMON-HP)
AS-MT (FC)	LOCKOUT-REQ (GE)	SFBER-EXCEED-HO (VCTRM-HP)
AS-MT (FCMR)	LOCKOUT-REQ (ISC)	SFBER-EXCEED-LO (VCMON-LP)
AS-MT (G1000)	LOCKOUT-REQ (STMN)	SFBER-EXCEED-LO (VCTRM-LP)
AS-MT (GE)	LOCKOUT-REQ (TRUNK)	SF-L (STM1E)
AS-MT (GFP-FAC)	LOCKOUT-REQ (VCMON-HP)	SFTWDOWN (EQPT)
AS-MT (ISC)	LOCKOUT-REQ (VCMON-LP)	SH-INS-LOSS-VAR-DEG-HIGH (OTS)
AS-MT (ML1000)	LOF (BITS)	SH-INS-LOSS-VAR-DEG-LOW (OTS)
AS-MT (ML100T)	LOF (DS1)	SHUTTER-OPEN (OTS)
AS-MT (MLFX)	LOF (DS3)	SIGLOSS (FC)
AS-MT (OCH)	LOF (E1)	SIGLOSS (FCMR)
AS-MT (OMS)	LOF (E4)	SIGLOSS (GE)
AS-MT (OTS)	LOF (STM1E)	SIGLOSS (ISC)
AS-MT (PPM)	LOF (STMN)	SIGLOSS (TRUNK)
AS-MT (STM1E)	LOF (TRUNK)	SNTP-HOST (NE)
AS-MT (STMN)	LO-LASERBIAS (EQPT)	SPAN-SW-EAST (STMN)
AS-MT (TRUNK)	LO-LASERBIAS (PPM)	SPAN-SW-WEST (STMN)
AS-MT-OOG	LO-LASERBIAS (STMN)	SQM (VCTRM-HP)
AS-MT-OOG (VCTRM-LP)	LO-LASERTEMP (EQPT)	SQM (VCTRM-LP)
AU-AIS (VCMON-HP)	LO-LASERTEMP (PPM)	SQUELCH (STMN)
AU-AIS (VCTRM-HP)	LO-LASERTEMP (STMN)	SQUELCHED (2R)
AUD-LOG-LOSS (NE)	LOM (TRUNK)	SQUELCHED (ESCON)
AUD-LOG-LOW (NE)	LOM (VCMON-HP)	SQUELCHED (FC)
AU-LOF (VCTRM-HP)	LOM (VCTRM-HP)	SQUELCHED (GE)
AU-LOP (VCMON-HP)	LOM (VCTRM-LP)	SQUELCHED (ISC)
AU-LOP (VCTRM-HP)	LO-RXPOWER (2R)	SQUELCHED (STMN)
AUTOLSROFF (STMN)	LO-RXPOWER (ESCON)	SQUELCHED (TRUNK)
AUTOLSROFF (TRUNK)	LO-RXPOWER (FC)	SSM-DUS (BITS)
AUTORESET (EQPT)	LO-RXPOWER (GE)	SSM-DUS (E1)
AUTOSW-AIS-SNCP (VCMON-HP)	LO-RXPOWER (ISC)	SSM-DUS (STMN)
AUTOSW-AIS-SNCP (VCMON-LP)	LO-RXPOWER (STMN)	SSM-DUS (TRUNK)
AUTOSW-LOP-SNCP (VCMON-HP)	LO-RXPOWER (TRUNK)	SSM-FAIL (BITS)
AUTOSW-LOP-SNCP (VCMON-LP)	LOS (2R)	SSM-FAIL (E1)
—	LOS (BITS)	SSM-FAIL (STMN)
AUTOSW-SDBER-SNCP (VCMON-HP)	LOS (DS1)	SSM-FAIL (TRUNK)
AUTOSW-SFBER-SNCP (VCMON-HP)	LOS (DS3)	SSM-LNC (BITS)
AUTOSW-UNEQ-SNCP (VCMON-HP)	LOS (E1)	SSM-LNC (NE-SREF)
AUTOSW-UNEQ-SNCP (VCMON-LP)	LOS (E3)	SSM-LNC (STMN)
AWG-DEG (OTS)	LOS (E4)	SSM-LNC (TRUNK)
AWG-FAIL (OTS)	LOS (ESCON)	SSM-OFF (BITS)
AWG-OVERTEMP (OTS)	LOS (FUDC)	SSM-OFF (E1)
AWG-WARM-UP (OTS)	LOS (ISC)	SSM-OFF (STMN)
BAT-FAIL (PWR)	LOS (MSUDC)	SSM-OFF (TRUNK)
BKUPMEMP (EQPT)	LOS (OTS)	SSM-PRC (BITS)
CARLOSS (CE100T)	LOS (STM1E)	SSM-PRC (NE-SREF)
CARLOSS (E1000F)	LOS (STMN)	SSM-PRC (STMN)
CARLOSS (E100T)	LOS (TRUNK)	SSM-PRC (TRUNK)
CARLOSS (EQPT)	LOS-O (OCH)	SSM-PRS (E1)
CARLOSS (FC)	LOS-O (OMS)	SSM-PRS (TRUNK)
CARLOSS (G1000)	LOS-O (OTS)	SSM-RES (E1)
CARLOSS (GE)	LOS-P (OCH)	SSM-RES (TRUNK)
CARLOSS (ISC)	LOS-P (OMS)	SSM-SDH-TN (BITS)
CARLOSS (ML1000)	LOS-P (OTS)	SSM-SDH-TN (NE-SREF)
CARLOSS (ML100T)	LOS-P (TRUNK)	SSM-SDH-TN (STMN)
CARLOSS (MLFX)	LO-TXPOWER (2R)	SSM-SDH-TN (TRUNK)
CARLOSS (TRUNK)	LO-TXPOWER (EQPT)	SSM-SETS (BITS)
CASETEMP-DEG (AOTS)	LO-TXPOWER (ESCON)	SSM-SETS (NE-SREF)
CLDRESTART (EQPT)	LO-TXPOWER (FC)	SSM-SETS (STMN)
COMIOXC (EQPT)	LO-TXPOWER (GE)	SSM-SETS (TRUNK)
COMM-FAIL (EQPT)	LO-TXPOWER (ISC)	SSM-SMC (E1)
CONTBUS-A-18 (EQPT)	LO-TXPOWER (PPM)	SSM-SMC (TRUNK)
CONTBUS-B-18 (EQPT)	LO-TXPOWER (STMN)	SSM-ST2 (E1)
CONTBUS-DISABLED (EQPT)	LO-TXPOWER (TRUNK)	SSM-ST2 (TRUNK)
CONTBUS-IO-A (EQPT)	LPBKDS1FEAC-CMD (DS1)	SSM-ST3 (E1)
CONTBUS-IO-B (EQPT)	LPBKDS3FEAC (DS3)	SSM-ST3 (TRUNK)
CTNEQPT-MISMATCH (EQPT)	LPBKDS3FEAC-CMD (DS3)	SSM-ST3E (E1)
CTNEQPT-PBPROT (EQPT)	LPBKDS3FEAC-CMD (E3)	SSM-ST3E (TRUNK)
CTNEQPT-PBWORK (EQPT)	LPBKE1FEAC (E3)	SSM-ST4 (E1)
DATAFLT (NE)	LPBKE3FEAC (E3)	SSM-ST4 (STMN)
DBOSYNC (NE)	LPBKFACILITY (CE100T)	SSM-ST4 (TRUNK)
DS3-MISM (DS3)	LPBKFACILITY (DS1)	SSM-STU (BITS)
DSP-COMM-FAIL (TRUNK)	LPBKFACILITY (DS3)	SSM-STU (E1)
DSP-FAIL (TRUNK)	LPBKFACILITY (E1)	SSM-STU (NE-SREF)
DUP-IPADDR (NE)	LPBKFACILITY (E3)	SSM-STU (STMN)
DUP-NODEME (NE)	LPBKFACILITY (E4)	SSM-STU (TRUNK)
EHIBATVG (PWR)	LPBKFACILITY (ESCON)	SSM-TNC (STMN)
ELWBATVG (PWR)	LPBKFACILITY (FC)	SSM-TNC (TRUNK)
EOC (STMN)	LPBKFACILITY (FCMR)	SW-MISMATCH (EQPT)
EOC (TRUNK)	LPBKFACILITY (G1000)	SWMTXMOD-PROT (EQPT)
EOC-L (TRUNK)	LPBKFACILITY (GE)	SWMTXMOD-WORK (EQPT)
EQPT (AICI-AEP)	LPBKFACILITY (ISC)	SWTOPRI (EXT-SREF)
EQPT (AICI-AIE)	LPBKFACILITY (STM1E)	SWTOPRI (NE-SREF)
EQPT (EQPT)	LPBKFACILITY (STMN)	SWTOSEC (EXT-SREF)
EQPT (PPM)	LPBKFACILITY (TRUNK)	SWTOSEC (NE-SREF)
EQPT-MISS (FAN)	LPBKCRS (VCMON-HP)	SWTOTHIRD (EXT-SREF)
ERROR-CONFIG (EQPT)	LPBKCRS (VCTRM-HP)	SWTOTHIRD (NE-SREF)
ETH-LINKLOSS (NE)	LPBKTERMINAL (STM1E)	SYNC-FREQ (E1)
E-W-MISMATCH (STMN)	LPBKTERMINAL (STMN)	SYNC-FREQ (STMN)
EXCCOL (EQPT)	LPBKTERMINAL (CE100T)	SYNC-FREQ (TRUNK)
EXERCISE-RING-FAIL (STMN)	LPBKTERMINAL (DS1)	SYNCLOSS (FC)
EXERCISE-SPAN-FAIL (STMN)	LPBKTERMINAL (DS3)	SYNCLOSS (FCMR)
EXT (ENVALRM)	LPBKTERMINAL (E1)	SYNCLOSS (GE)
EXTRA-TRAF-PREEMPT (STMN)	LPBKTERMINAL (E3)	SYNCLOSS (ISC)
FAILTOSW (2R)	LPBKTERMINAL (E4)	SYNCLOSS (TRUNK)
FAILTOSW (EQPT)	LPBKTERMINAL (ESCON)	SYNCPRI (EXT-SREF)
FAILTOSW (ESCON)	LPBKTERMINAL (FC)	SYNCPRI (NE-SREF)
FAILTOSW (FC)	LPBKTERMINAL (FCMR)	SYNCSEC (EXT-SREF)
FAILTOSW (GE)	LPBKTERMINAL (G1000)	SYNCSEC (NE-SREF)
FAILTOSW (ISC)	LPBKTERMINAL (GE)	SYNCTHIRD (EXT-SREF)
FAILTOSW (STMN)	LPBKTERMINAL (ISC)	SYNCTHIRD (NE-SREF)
FAILTOSW (TRUNK)	LPBKTERMINAL (TRUNK)	SYSBOOT (NE)
FAILTOSW-HO (VCMON-HP)	LP-ENCAP-MISMATCH (VCTRM-LP)	TEMP-MISM (NE)
FAILTOSW-LO (VCMON-LP)	LP-PLM (VCTRM-LP)	TIM (STM1E)
FAILTOSWR (STMN)	LP-RFI (VCTRM-LP)	TIM (STMN)
FAILTOSWS (STMN)	LP-TIM (VCTRM-LP)	TIM (TRUNK)
FAN (FAN)	LP-UNEQ (VCMON-LP)	TIM-MON (STMN)
FC-NO-CREDITS (FC)	LP-UNEQ (VCTRM-LP)	TIM-MON (TRUNK)
FC-NO-CREDITS (FCMR)	MANRESET (EQPT)	TPTFAIL (CE100T)
FC-NO-CREDITS (TRUNK)	MAN-REQ (EQPT)	TPTFAIL (FCMR)
FE-AIS (E3)	MAN-REQ (VCMON-HP)	TPTFAIL (G1000)
FEC-MISM (TRUNK)	MAN-REQ (VCMON-LP)	TPTFAIL (ML1000)
FE-E1-MULTLOS (E3)	MANSWTOINT (NE-SREF)	TPTFAIL (ML100T)
FE-E1-NSA (E3)	MANSWTOPRI (EXT-SREF)	TPTFAIL (MLFX)
FE-E1-SA (E3)	MANSWTOPRI (NE-SREF)	TRMT (DS1)
FE-E1-SNGLLOS (E3)	MANSWTOSEC (EXT-SREF)	TRMT (E1)
FE-E3-NSA (E3)	MANSWTOSEC (NE-SREF)	TRMT-MISS (DS1)
FE-E3-SA (E3)	MANSWTOTHIRD (EXT-SREF)	TRMT-MISS (E1)
FE-EQPT-NSA (E3)	MANSWTOTHIRD (NE-SREF)	TU-AIS (VCMON-LP)
FE-FRCDWKSWBK-SPAN (STMN)	MANUAL-REQ-RING (STMN)	TU-AIS (VCTRM-LP)
FE-FRCDWKSWPR-RING (STMN)	MANUAL-REQ-SPAN (2R)	TU-LOP (VCMON-LP)
FE-FRCDWKSWPR-SPAN (STMN)	MANUAL-REQ-SPAN (ESCON)	TU-LOP (VCTRM-LP)
FE-IDLE (E3)	MANUAL-REQ-SPAN (FC)	TX-AIS (DS1)
FE-LOCKOUTOFPR-SPAN (STMN)	MANUAL-REQ-SPAN (GE)	TX-AIS (DS3)
FE-LOF (E3)	MANUAL-REQ-SPAN (ISC)	TX-AIS (E1)
FE-LOS (E3)	MANUAL-REQ-SPAN (STMN)	TX-AIS (E3)
FE-MANWKSWBK-SPAN (STMN)	MANUAL-REQ-SPAN (TRUNK)	TX-LOF (DS1)
FE-MANWKSWPR-RING (STMN)	MEA (BIC)	TX-LOF (E1)
FE-MANWKSWPR-SPAN (STMN)	MEA (EQPT)	TX-RAI (DS1)
FEPRLF (STMN)	MEA (FAN)	TX-RAI (E1)
FIBERTEMP-DEG (AOTS)	MEA (PPM)	TX-RAI (E3)
FORCED-REQ (EQPT)	MEM-GONE (EQPT)	UNC-WORD (TRUNK)
FORCED-REQ (VCMON-HP)	MEM-LOW (EQPT)	UNREACHABLE-TARGET-POWER (OCH)
FORCED-REQ (VCMON-LP)	MFGMEM (AICI-AEP)	UT-COMM-FAIL (TRUNK)
FORCED-REQ-RING (STMN)	MFGMEM (AICI-AIE)	UT-FAIL (TRUNK)
FORCED-REQ-SPAN (2R)	MFGMEM (BPLANE)	VCG-DEG (VCG)
FORCED-REQ-SPAN (ESCON)	MFGMEM (FAN)	VCG-DOWN (VCG)
FORCED-REQ-SPAN (FC)	MFGMEM (PPM)	VOA-HDEG (AOTS)
FORCED-REQ-SPAN (GE)	MS-AIS (STM1E)	VOA-HDEG (OCH)
FORCED-REQ-SPAN (ISC)	MS-AIS (STMN)	VOA-HDEG (OMS)
FORCED-REQ-SPAN (STMN)	MS-EOC (STMN)	VOA-HDEG (OTS)
FORCED-REQ-SPAN (TRUNK)	MS-RFI (STM1E)	VOA-HFAIL (AOTS)
FRCDSWTOINT (NE-SREF)	MS-RFI (STMN)	VOA-HFAIL (OCH)
FRCDSWTOPRI (EXT-SREF)	MSSP-OOSYNC (STMN)	VOA-HFAIL (OMS)
FRCDSWTOPRI (NE-SREF)	MSSP-SW-VER-MISM (STMN)	VOA-HFAIL (OTS)
FRCDSWTOSEC (EXT-SREF)	NO-CONFIG (EQPT)	VOA-LDEG (AOTS)
FRCDSWTOSEC (NE-SREF)	NOT-AUTHENTICATED	VOA-LDEG (OCH)
FRCDSWTOTHIRD (EXT-SREF)	OCHNC-INC (OCHNC-CONN)	VOA-LDEG (OMS)
FRCDSWTOTHIRD (NE-SREF)	ODUK-1-AIS-PM (TRUNK)	VOA-LDEG (OTS)
FRNGSYNC (NE-SREF)	ODUK-2-AIS-PM (TRUNK)	VOA-LFAIL (AOTS)
FSTSYNC (NE-SREF)	ODUK-3-AIS-PM (TRUNK)	VOA-LFAIL (OCH)
FULLPASSTHR-BI (STMN)	ODUK-4-AIS-PM (TRUNK)	VOA-LFAIL (OMS)
GAIN-HDEG (AOTS)	ODUK-AIS-PM (TRUNK)	VOA-LFAIL (OTS)
GAIN-HFAIL (AOTS)	ODUK-BDI-PM (TRUNK)	VOLT-MISM (PWR)
GAIN-LDEG (AOTS)	ODUK-LCK-PM (TRUNK)	WKSWPR (2R)
GAIN-LFAIL (AOTS)	ODUK-OCI-PM (TRUNK)	WKSWPR (EQPT)
GCC-EOC (TRUNK)	ODUK-SD-PM (TRUNK)	WKSWPR (ESCON)
GE-OOSYNC (FC)	ODUK-SF-PM (TRUNK)	WKSWPR (FC)
GE-OOSYNC (GE)	ODUK-TIM-PM (TRUNK)	WKSWPR (GE)
GE-OOSYNC (ISC)	OOU-TPT (VCTRM-HP)	WKSWPR (ISC)
GE-OOSYNC (TRUNK)	OOU-TPT (VCTRM-LP)	WKSWPR (STMN)
GFP-CSF (CE100T)	OPTNTWMIS (NE)	WKSWPR (TRUNK)
GFP-CSF (FCMR)	OPWR-HDEG (AOTS)	WKSWPR (VCMON-HP)
GFP-CSF (GFP-FAC)	OPWR-HDEG (OCH)	WKSWPR (VCMON-LP)
GFP-CSF (ML1000)	OPWR-HDEG (OMS)	WTR (2R)
GFP-CSF (ML100T)	OPWR-HDEG (OTS)	WTR (EQPT)
GFP-CSF (MLFX)	OPWR-HFAIL (AOTS)	WTR (ESCON)
GFP-DE-MISMATCH (FCMR)	OPWR-HFAIL (OCH)	WTR (FC)
GFP-DE-MISMATCH (GFP-FAC)	OPWR-HFAIL (OMS)	WTR (GE)
GFP-EX-MISMATCH (FCMR)	OPWR-HFAIL (OTS)	WTR (ISC)
GFP-EX-MISMATCH (GFP-FAC)	OPWR-LDEG (AOTS)	WTR (STMN)
GFP-LFD (CE100T)	OPWR-LDEG (OCH)	WTR (TRUNK)
GFP-LFD (FCMR)	OPWR-LDEG (OMS)	WTR (VCMON-HP)
GFP-LFD (GFP-FAC)	OPWR-LDEG (OTS)	WTR (VCMON-LP)
GFP-LFD (ML1000)	OPWR-LFAIL (AOTS)	WVL-MISMATCH (TRUNK)
GFP-LFD (ML100T)	—	—

2.3  Alarm Logical Objects

The CTC alarm profile list organizes all alarms and conditions according to the logical objects they are raised against. These logical objects represent physical objects such as cards, logical objects such as circuits, or transport and signal monitoring entities such as the SDH or ITU-T G.709 optical overhead bits. One alarm can appear in multiple entries. It can be raised against multiple objects. For example, the loss of signal (LOS) alarm can be raised against the optical signal (STM-N) or the optical transport layer overhead (OTN) as well as other objects. Therefore, both STM-N: LOS and OTN: LOS appear in the list (as well as the other objects).

Alarm profile list objects are defined in Table 2-7.

---

Note Alarm logical object names can appear as abbreviated versions of standard terms used in the system and the documentation. For example, the "STMN" logical object refers to the STM-N signal. Logical object names or industry-standard terms are used within the entries as appropriate.

---

Table 2-7 Alarm Logical Object Type Definitions 

Object Type	Definition
2R	Reshape and retransmit (used for transponder [TXP] cards).
AICI-AEP	Alarm Interface Controller-International—Alarm expansion panel.
AIP	Alarm Interface Panel.
AOTS	Amplified optical transport section.
BIC	Backplane interface connector.
BITS	Building integrated timing supply incoming references (BITS-1, BITS-2).
BPLANE	The backplane.
DS3	A DS-3 signal on a DS3i-N-12 card.
E1	E1-42 card.
E3	E3-12 card.
E4	Line type supported by the STM1E card.
E1000F	An E1000-2-G card.
E100T	An E100T-G card.
ENVALRM	An environmental alarm port.
EQPT	A card, its physical objects, and logical objects as they are located in any of the eight noncommon card slots. The EQPT object is used for alarms that refer to the card itself and all other objects on the card including ports, lines, STM, and VC.
ESCON	Enterprise System Connection fiber optic technology, referring to the following TXP cards: TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G.
EXT-SREF	BITS outgoing references (SYNC-BITS1, SYNC-BITS2).
FAN	Fan-tray assembly.
FC	Fibre Channel data transfer architecture, referring to the following muxponder (MXP) or TXP cards: MXP_MR_2.5G, MXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E.
FCMR	An FC_MR-4 Fibre Channel card.
FUDC	SDH F1 byte user data channel for ONS 15454 SDH ML-Series Ethernet cards.
G1000	The ONS 15454 SDH G-Series card.
GE	Gigabit Ethernet, referring to the following MXP or TXP cards: MXP_MR_2.5G, MXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10G.
GFP-FAC	Generic framing procedure facility port, referring to all MXP and TXP cards.
ISC	Inter-service channel referring to MXP and TXP cards.
ML1000	The ONS 15454 SDH ML1000-2 card.
ML100T	The ONS 15454 SDH ML100T-2 or ML100T-8 card.
MLFX	An MLFX Ethernet card.
MSUDC	Multiplex section user data channel.
NE	The entire network element.
NE-SREF	The timing status of the NE.
OCH	The optical channel, referring to a dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) cards.
OCHNC-CONN	The optical channel network connection, referring to DWDM cards.
OMS	Optical multiplex section.
OTS	Optical transport section.
PWR	Power equipment.
PPM	Pluggable port module (PPM), referring to all MXP and TXP cards, MRC-12 cards, and OC192-XFP/STM64-XFP cards.
STM1E	Synchronous transfer mode 1 (speed) electrical interface
STMN	An STM-N line on an STM-N card.
VCTRM-HP	VT alarm detection at termination (downstream from the cross-connect).
TRUNK	The optical or DWDM card carrying the high-speed signal; referring to MXP, TXP, or ML-Series cards.
UCP-CKT	Unified control plane circuit.
UCP-IPCC	Unified control plane IP control channel.
UCP-NBR	Unified control plane neighbor.
VCG	ONS 15454 SDH virtual concatenation group of virtual tributaries (VT).
VCMON-HP	High-order path virtual concatenation monitoring.
VCMON-LP	VT1 alarm detection at the monitor point (upstream from the cross-connect).
VCTRM-HP	Low-order path virtual concatenation monitoring.
VCTRM-LP	VC alarm detection at termination (downstream from the cross-connect).

2.4  Alarm List by Logical Object Type

Table 2-8 lists all ONS 15454 SDH Release 6.0 alarms and logical objects as they are given in the system alarm profile. The list entries are organized by logical object name and then by alarm or condition name. Where appropriate, the alarm entries also contain troubleshooting procedures.

---

Note In a mixed network containing different types of nodes (such as ONS 15310-CL, ONS 15454 SDH, and ONS 15600), the initially displayed alarm list in the Provisioning > Alarm Profiles > Alarm Profile Editor tab lists all conditions that are applicable to all nodes in the network. However, when you load the default severity profile from a node, only applicable alarms will display severity levels. Nonapplicable alarms can display "use default" or "unset."

---

---

Note In some cases this list does not follow alphabetical order, but it does reflect the order shown in CTC.

---

Table 2-8 Alarm List by Logical Object Type in Alarm Profile 

2R: ALS	FAN: MFGMEM	STM1E: MS-AIS
2R: AS-CMD	FC: ALS	STM1E: MS-RFI
2R: AS-MT	FC: AS-CMD	STM1E: SD
2R: FAILTOSW	FC: AS-MT	STM1E: SD-L
2R: FORCED-REQ-SPAN	FC: CARLOSS	STM1E: SF-L
2R: HI-LASERBIAS	FC: FAILTOSW	STM1E: TIM
2R: HI-RXPOWER	FC: FC-NO-CREDITS	STMN: ALS
2R: HI-TXPOWER	FC: FORCED-REQ-SPAN	STMN: APS-INV-PRIM
2R: LO-RXPOWER	FC: GE-OOSYNC	STMN: APS-PRIM-FAC
2R: LO-TXPOWER	FC: HI-LASERBIAS	STMN: APS-PRIM-SEC-MISM
2R: LOCKOUT-REQ	FC: HI-RXPOWER	STMN: APSB
2R: LOS	FC: HI-TXPOWER	STMN: APSC-IMP
2R: MANUAL-REQ-SPAN	FC: LO-RXPOWER	STMN: APSCDFLTK
2R: SQUELCHED	FC: LO-TXPOWER	STMN: APSCINCON
2R: WKSWPR	FC: LOCKOUT-REQ	STMN: APSCM
2R: WTR	FC: LPBKFACILITY	STMN: APSCNMIS
AICI-AEP: EQPT	FC: LPBKTERMINAL	STMN: APSIMP
AICI-AEP: MFGMEM	FC: MANUAL-REQ-SPAN	STMN: APSMM
AICI-AIE: EQPT	FC: OUT-OF-SYNC	STMN: AS-CMD
AICI-AIE: MFGMEM	FC: SIGLOSS	STMN: AS-MT
AOTS: ALS	FC: SQUELCHED	STMN: AUTOLSROFF
AOTS: AMPLI-INIT	FC: SYNCLOSS	STMN: E-W-MISMATCH
AOTS: APC-CORRECTION-SKIPPED	FC: WKSWPR	STMN: EOC
AOTS: APC-OUT-OF-RANGE	FC: WTR	STMN: EXERCISE-RING-FAIL
AOTS: AS-CMD	FCMR: AS-CMD	STMN: EXERCISE-SPAN-FAIL
AOTS: AS-MT	FCMR: AS-MT	STMN: EXTRA-TRAF-PREEMPT
AOTS: CASETEMP-DEG	FCMR: FC-NO-CREDITS	STMN: FAILTOSW
AOTS: FIBERTEMP-DEG	FCMR: GFP-CSF	STMN: FAILTOSWR
AOTS: GAIN-HDEG	FCMR: GFP-DE-MISMATCH	STMN: FAILTOSWS
AOTS: GAIN-HFAIL	FCMR: GFP-EX-MISMATCH	STMN: FE-FRCDWKSWBK-SPAN
AOTS: GAIN-LDEG	FCMR: GFP-LFD	STMN: FE-FRCDWKSWPR-RING
AOTS: GAIN-LFAIL	FCMR: GFP-NO-BUFFERS	STMN: FE-FRCDWKSWPR-SPAN
AOTS: LASER-APR	FCMR: GFP-UP-MISMATCH	STMN: FE-LOCKOUTOFPR-SPAN
AOTS: LASERBIAS-DEG	FCMR: LPBKFACILITY	STMN: FE-MANWKSWBK-SPAN
AOTS: LASERBIAS-FAIL	FCMR: LPBKTERMINAL	STMN: FE-MANWKSWPR-RING
AOTS: LASERTEMP-DEG	FCMR: PORT-MISMATCH	STMN: FE-MANWKSWPR-SPAN
AOTS: OPWR-HDEG	FCMR: SIGLOSS	STMN: FEPRLF
AOTS: OPWR-HFAIL	FCMR: SYNCLOSS	STMN: FORCED-REQ-RING
AOTS: OPWR-LDEG	FCMR: TPTFAIL	STMN: FORCED-REQ-SPAN
AOTS: OPWR-LFAIL	FUDC: AIS	STMN: FULLPASSTHR-BI
AOTS: OSRION	FUDC: LOS	STMN: HELLO
AOTS: PARAM-MISM	G1000: AS-CMD	STMN: HI-LASERBIAS
AOTS: VOA-HDEG	G1000: AS-MT	STMN: HI-LASERTEMP
AOTS: VOA-HFAIL	G1000: CARLOSS	STMN: HI-RXPOWER
AOTS: VOA-LDEG	G1000: LPBKFACILITY	STMN: HI-TXPOWER
AOTS: VOA-LFAIL	G1000: LPBKTERMINAL	STMN: ISIS-ADJ-FAIL
BIC: MEA	G1000: TPTFAIL	STMN: KB-PASSTHR
BITS: AIS	GE: ALS	STMN: KBYTE-APS-CHANNEL-FAILURE
BITS: LOF	GE: AS-CMD	STMN: LKOUTPR-S
BITS: LOS	GE: AS-MT	STMN: LO-LASERBIAS
BITS: SSM-DUS	GE: CARLOSS	STMN: LO-LASERTEMP
BITS: SSM-FAIL	GE: FAILTOSW	STMN: LO-RXPOWER
BITS: SSM-LNC	GE: FORCED-REQ-SPAN	STMN: LO-TXPOWER
BITS: SSM-OFF	GE: GE-OOSYNC	STMN: LOCKOUT-REQ
BITS: SSM-PRC	GE: HI-LASERBIAS	STMN: LOF
BITS: SSM-SDH-TN	GE: HI-RXPOWER	STMN: LOS
BITS: SSM-SETS	GE: HI-TXPOWER	STMN: LPBKFACILITY
BITS: SSM-STU	GE: LO-RXPOWER	STMN: LPBKTERMINAL
BPLANE: AS-CMD	GE: LO-TXPOWER	STMN: MANUAL-REQ-RING
BPLANE: INVMACADR	GE: LOCKOUT-REQ	STMN: MANUAL-REQ-SPAN
BPLANE: MFGMEM	GE: LPBKFACILITY	STMN: MS-AIS
CE100T: AS-CMD	GE: LPBKTERMINAL	STMN: MS-EOC
CE100T: AS-MT	GE: MANUAL-REQ-SPAN	STMN: MS-RFI
CE100T: CARLOSS	GE: OUT-OF-SYNC	STMN: MSSP-OOSYNC
CE100T: GFP-CSF	GE: SIGLOSS	STMN: MSSP-SW-VER-MISM
CE100T: GFP-LFD	GE: SQUELCHED	STMN: PRC-DUPID
CE100T: GFP-UP-MISMATCH	GE: SYNCLOSS	STMN: RING-ID-MIS
CE100T: LPBKFACILITY	GE: WKSWPR	STMN: RING-MISMATCH
CE100T: LPBKTERMINAL	GE: WTR	STMN: RING-SW-EAST
CE100T: TPTFAIL	GFP-FAC: AS-CMD	STMN: RING-SW-WEST
DS1: AIS	GFP-FAC: AS-MT	STMN: RS-TIM
DS1: AS-CMD	GFP-FAC: GFP-CSF	STMN: SD
DS1: AS-MT	GFP-FAC: GFP-DE-MISMATCH	STMN: SF
DS1: LOF	GFP-FAC: GFP-EX-MISMATCH	STMN: SPAN-SW-EAST
DS1: LOS	GFP-FAC: GFP-LFD	STMN: SPAN-SW-WEST
DS1: LPBKDS1FEAC-CMD	GFP-FAC: GFP-NO-BUFFERS	STMN: SQUELCH
DS1: LPBKFACILITY	GFP-FAC: GFP-UP-MISMATCH	STMN: SQUELCHED
DS1: LPBKTERMINAL	ISC: ALS	STMN: SSM-DUS
DS1: RAI	ISC: AS-CMD	STMN: SSM-FAIL
DS1: RCVR-MISS	ISC: AS-MT	STMN: SSM-LNC
DS1: SD	ISC: CARLOSS	STMN: SSM-OFF
DS1: SF	ISC: FAILTOSW	STMN: SSM-PRC
DS1: TRMT	ISC: FORCED-REQ-SPAN	STMN: SSM-SDH-TN
DS1: TRMT-MISS	ISC: GE-OOSYNC	STMN: SSM-SETS
DS1: TX-AIS	ISC: HI-LASERBIAS	STMN: SSM-ST4
DS1: TX-LOF	ISC: HI-RXPOWER	STMN: SSM-STU
DS1: TX-RAI	ISC: HI-TXPOWER	STMN: SSM-TNC
DS3: AIS	ISC: LO-RXPOWER	STMN: SYNC-FREQ
DS3: AS-CMD	ISC: LO-TXPOWER	STMN: TIM
DS3: AS-MT	ISC: LOCKOUT-REQ	STMN: TIM-MON
DS3: DS3-MISM	ISC: LOS	STMN: WKSWPR
DS3: INC-ISD	ISC: LPBKFACILITY	STMN: WTR
DS3: LOF	ISC: LPBKTERMINAL	TRUNK: AIS
DS3: LOS	ISC: MANUAL-REQ-SPAN	TRUNK: AIS-L
DS3: LPBKDS3FEAC	ISC: OUT-OF-SYNC	TRUNK: ALS
DS3: LPBKDS3FEAC-CMD	ISC: SIGLOSS	TRUNK: AS-CMD
DS3: LPBKFACILITY	ISC: SQUELCHED	TRUNK: AS-MT
DS3: LPBKTERMINAL	ISC: SYNCLOSS	TRUNK: AUTOLSROFF
DS3: RAI	ISC: WKSWPR	TRUNK: CARLOSS
DS3: SD	ISC: WTR	TRUNK: DSP-COMM-FAIL
DS3: SF	ML1000: AS-CMD	TRUNK: DSP-FAIL
DS3: TX-AIS	ML1000: AS-MT	TRUNK: EOC
E1000F: AS-CMD	ML1000: CARLOSS	TRUNK: EOC-L
E1000F: CARLOSS	ML1000: GFP-CSF	TRUNK: FAILTOSW
E100T: AS-CMD	ML1000: GFP-LFD	TRUNK: FC-NO-CREDITS
E100T: CARLOSS	ML1000: GFP-UP-MISMATCH	TRUNK: FEC-MISM
E1: AIS	ML1000: RPRW	TRUNK: FORCED-REQ-SPAN
E1: AS-CMD	ML1000: TPTFAIL	TRUNK: GCC-EOC
E1: AS-MT	ML100T: AS-CMD	TRUNK: GE-OOSYNC
E1: LOF	ML100T: AS-MT	TRUNK: HI-LASERBIAS
E1: LOS	ML100T: CARLOSS	TRUNK: HI-RXPOWER
E1: LPBKFACILITY	ML100T: GFP-CSF	TRUNK: HI-TXPOWER
E1: LPBKTERMINAL	ML100T: GFP-LFD	TRUNK: LO-RXPOWER
E1: RAI	ML100T: GFP-UP-MISMATCH	TRUNK: LO-TXPOWER
E1: RCVR-MISS	ML100T: RPRW	TRUNK: LOCKOUT-REQ
E1: SD	ML100T: TPTFAIL	TRUNK: LOF
E1: SF	MLFX: AS-CMD	TRUNK: LOM
E1: SSM-DUS	MLFX: AS-MT	TRUNK: LOS
E1: SSM-FAIL	MLFX: CARLOSS	TRUNK: LOS-P
E1: SSM-OFF	MLFX: GFP-CSF	TRUNK: LPBKFACILITY
E1: SSM-PRS	MLFX: GFP-LFD	TRUNK: LPBKTERMINAL
E1: SSM-RES	MLFX: GFP-UP-MISMATCH	TRUNK: MANUAL-REQ-SPAN
E1: SSM-SMC	MLFX: RPRW	TRUNK: ODUK-1-AIS-PM
E1: SSM-ST2	MLFX: TPTFAIL	TRUNK: ODUK-2-AIS-PM
E1: SSM-ST3	MSUDC: AIS	TRUNK: ODUK-3-AIS-PM
E1: SSM-ST3E	MSUDC: LOS	TRUNK: ODUK-4-AIS-PM
E1: SSM-ST4	NE-SREF: FRCDSWTOINT	TRUNK: ODUK-AIS-PM
E1: SSM-STU	NE-SREF: FRCDSWTOPRI	TRUNK: ODUK-BDI-PM
E1: SYNC-FREQ	NE-SREF: FRCDSWTOSEC	TRUNK: ODUK-LCK-PM
E1: TRMT	NE-SREF: FRCDSWTOTHIRD	TRUNK: ODUK-OCI-PM
E1: TRMT-MISS	NE-SREF: FRNGSYNC	TRUNK: ODUK-SD-PM
E1: TX-AIS	NE-SREF: FSTSYNC	TRUNK: ODUK-SF-PM
E1: TX-LOF	NE-SREF: HLDOVRSYNC	TRUNK: ODUK-TIM-PM
E1: TX-RAI	NE-SREF: MANSWTOINT	TRUNK: OTUK-AIS
E3: AIS	NE-SREF: MANSWTOPRI	TRUNK: OTUK-BDI
E3: AS-CMD	NE-SREF: MANSWTOSEC	TRUNK: OTUK-IAE
E3: AS-MT	NE-SREF: MANSWTOTHIRD	TRUNK: OTUK-LOF
E3: FE-AIS	NE-SREF: SSM-LNC	TRUNK: OTUK-SD
E3: FE-E1-MULTLOS	NE-SREF: SSM-PRC	TRUNK: OTUK-SF
E3: FE-E1-NSA	NE-SREF: SSM-SDH-TN	TRUNK: OTUK-TIM
E3: FE-E1-SA	NE-SREF: SSM-SETS	TRUNK: OUT-OF-SYNC
E3: FE-E1-SNGLLOS	NE-SREF: SSM-STU	TRUNK: PTIM
E3: FE-E3-NSA	NE-SREF: SWTOPRI	TRUNK: RFI
E3: FE-E3-SA	NE-SREF: SWTOSEC	TRUNK: SD
E3: FE-EQPT-NSA	NE-SREF: SWTOTHIRD	TRUNK: SF
E3: FE-IDLE	NE-SREF: SYNCPRI	TRUNK: SIGLOSS
E3: FE-LOF	NE-SREF: SYNCSEC	TRUNK: SQUELCHED
E3: FE-LOS	NE-SREF: SYNCTHIRD	TRUNK: SSM-DUS
E3: INC-ISD	NE: APC-DISABLED	TRUNK: SSM-FAIL
E3: LOS	NE: APC-END	TRUNK: SSM-LNC
E3: LPBKDS3FEAC-CMD	NE: AS-CMD	TRUNK: SSM-OFF
E3: LPBKE1FEAC	NE: AUD-LOG-LOSS	TRUNK: SSM-PRC
E3: LPBKE3FEAC	NE: AUD-LOG-LOW	TRUNK: SSM-PRS
E3: LPBKFACILITY	NE: DATAFLT	TRUNK: SSM-RES
E3: LPBKTERMINAL	NE: DBOSYNC	TRUNK: SSM-SDH-TN
E3: SD	NE: DUP-IPADDR	TRUNK: SSM-SETS
E3: SF	NE: DUP-NODEME	TRUNK: SSM-SMC
E3: TX-AIS	NE: ETH-LINKLOSS	TRUNK: SSM-ST2
E3: TX-RAI	NE: HITEMP	TRUNK: SSM-ST3
E4: AIS	NE: I-HITEMP	TRUNK: SSM-ST3E
E4: AS-CMD	NE: INTRUSION-PSWD	TRUNK: SSM-ST4
E4: AS-MT	NE: LAN-POL-REV	TRUNK: SSM-STU
E4: LOF	NE: OPTNTWMIS	TRUNK: SSM-TNC
E4: LOS	NE: SNTP-HOST	TRUNK: SYNC-FREQ
E4: LPBKFACILITY	NE: SYSBOOT	TRUNK: SYNCLOSS
E4: LPBKTERMINAL	NE: TEMP-MISM	TRUNK: TIM
E4: SD	OCH: APC-CORRECTION-SKIPPED	TRUNK: TIM-MON
E4: SF	OCH: APC-OUT-OF-RANGE	TRUNK: UNC-WORD
ENVALRM: EXT	OCH: AS-CMD	TRUNK: UT-COMM-FAIL
EQPT: AS-CMD	OCH: AS-MT	TRUNK: UT-FAIL
EQPT: AS-MT	OCH: LOS-O	TRUNK: WKSWPR
EQPT: AUTORESET	OCH: LOS-P	TRUNK: WTR
EQPT: BKUPMEMP	OCH: OPWR-HDEG	TRUNK: WVL-MISMATCH
EQPT: CARLOSS	OCH: OPWR-HFAIL	VCG: LOA
EQPT: CLDRESTART	OCH: OPWR-LDEG	VCG: VCG-DEG
EQPT: COMIOXC	OCH: OPWR-LFAIL	VCG: VCG-DOWN
EQPT: COMM-FAIL	OCH: PARAM-MISM	VCMON-HP: AU-AIS
EQPT: CONTBUS-A-18	OCH: PORT-ADD-PWR-DEG-HI	VCMON-HP: AU-LOP
EQPT: CONTBUS-B-18	OCH: PORT-ADD-PWR-DEG-LOW	VCMON-HP: AUTOSW-AIS-SNCP
EQPT: CONTBUS-DISABLED	OCH: PORT-ADD-PWR-FAIL-HIGH	VCMON-HP: AUTOSW-LOP-SNCP
EQPT: CONTBUS-IO-A	OCH: PORT-ADD-PWR-FAIL-LOW	—
EQPT: CONTBUS-IO-B	OCH: PORT-FAIL	VCMON-HP: AUTOSW-SDBER-SNCP
EQPT: CTNEQPT-MISMATCH	OCH: UEACHABLE-TARGET-POWER	VCMON-HP: AUTOSW-SFBER-SNCP
EQPT: CTNEQPT-PBPROT	OCH: VOA-HDEG	VCMON-HP: AUTOSW-UNEQ-SNCP
EQPT: CTNEQPT-PBWORK	OCH: VOA-HFAIL	VCMON-HP: FAILTOSW-HO
EQPT: EQPT	OCH: VOA-LDEG	VCMON-HP: FORCED-REQ
EQPT: ERROR-CONFIG	OCH: VOA-LFAIL	VCMON-HP: HP-RFI
EQPT: EXCCOL	OCHNC-CONN: OCHNC-INC	VCMON-HP: HP-TIM
EQPT: FAILTOSW	OMS: APC-CORRECTION-SKIPPED	VCMON-HP: HP-UNEQ
EQPT: FORCED-REQ	OMS: APC-OUT-OF-RANGE	VCMON-HP: LOCKOUT-REQ
EQPT: HI-LASERBIAS	OMS: AS-CMD	VCMON-HP: LOM
EQPT: HI-LASERTEMP	OMS: AS-MT	VCMON-HP: LPBKCRS
EQPT: HI-TXPOWER	OMS: LOS-O	VCMON-HP: MAN-REQ
EQPT: HITEMP	OMS: LOS-P	—
EQPT: IMPROPRMVL	OMS: OPWR-HDEG	VCMON-HP: ROLL
EQPT: INHSWPR	OMS: OPWR-HFAIL	VCMON-HP: ROLL-PEND
EQPT: INHSWWKG	OMS: OPWR-LDEG	VCMON-HP: SDBER-EXCEED-HO
EQPT: IOSCFGCOPY	OMS: OPWR-LFAIL	VCMON-HP: SFBER-EXCEED-HO
EQPT: LO-LASERBIAS	OMS: PARAM-MISM	VCMON-HP: WKSWPR
EQPT: LO-LASERTEMP	OMS: VOA-HDEG	VCMON-HP: WTR
EQPT: LO-TXPOWER	OMS: VOA-HFAIL	VCMON-LP: AUTOSW-AIS-SNCP
EQPT: LOCKOUT-REQ	OMS: VOA-LDEG	VCMON-LP: AUTOSW-LOP-SNCP
EQPT: MAN-REQ	OMS: VOA-LFAIL	VCMON-LP: AUTOSW-UNEQ-SNCP
EQPT: MAESET	OSC-RING: RING-ID-MIS	VCMON-LP: FAILTOSW-LO
EQPT: MEA	OTS: APC-CORRECTION-SKIPPED	VCMON-LP: FORCED-REQ
EQPT: MEM-GONE	OTS: APC-OUT-OF-RANGE	VCMON-LP: LOCKOUT-REQ
EQPT: MEM-LOW	OTS: AS-CMD	VCMON-LP: LP-UNEQ
EQPT: NO-CONFIG	OTS: AS-MT	VCMON-LP: MAN-REQ
EQPT: PEER-NORESPONSE	OTS: AWG-DEG	VCMON-LP: RFI-V
EQPT: PROT	OTS: AWG-FAIL	VCMON-LP: ROLL
EQPT: PWR-FAIL-A	OTS: AWG-OVERTEMP	VCMON-LP: ROLL-PEND
EQPT: PWR-FAIL-B	OTS: AWG-WARM-UP	VCMON-LP: SDBER-EXCEED-LO
EQPT: PWR-FAIL-RET-A	OTS: LASERBIAS-DEG	VCMON-LP: SFBER-EXCEED-LO
EQPT: PWR-FAIL-RET-B	OTS: LOS	VCMON-LP: TU-AIS
EQPT: RUNCFG-SAVENEED	OTS: LOS-O	VCMON-LP: TU-LOP
EQPT: SFTWDOWN	OTS: LOS-P	VCMON-LP: WKSWPR
EQPT: SW-MISMATCH	OTS: OPWR-HDEG	VCMON-LP: WTR
EQPT: SWMTXMOD-PROT	OTS: OPWR-HFAIL	VCTRM-HP: AS-MT-OOG
EQPT: SWMTXMOD-WORK	OTS: OPWR-LDEG	VCTRM-HP: AU-AIS
EQPT: WKSWPR	OTS: OPWR-LFAIL	VCTRM-HP: AU-LOF
EQPT: WTR	OTS: OSRION	VCTRM-HP: AU-LOP
ESCON: ALS	OTS: PARAM-MISM	VCTRM-HP: HP-ENCAP-MISMATCH
ESCON: AS-CMD	OTS: SH-INS-LOSS-VAR-DEG-HIGH	VCTRM-HP: HP-TIM
ESCON: AS-MT	OTS: SH-INS-LOSS-VAR-DEG-LOW	VCTRM-HP: HP-UNEQ
ESCON: FAILTOSW	OTS: SHUTTER-OPEN	VCTRM-HP: LCAS-CRC
ESCON: FORCED-REQ-SPAN	OTS: VOA-HDEG	VCTRM-HP: LCAS-RX-FAIL
ESCON: HI-LASERBIAS	OTS: VOA-HFAIL	VCTRM-HP: LCAS-TX-ADD
ESCON: HI-RXPOWER	OTS: VOA-LDEG	VCTRM-HP: LCAS-TX-DNU
ESCON: HI-TXPOWER	OTS: VOA-LFAIL	VCTRM-HP: LOM
ESCON: LO-RXPOWER	PPM: AS-CMD	VCTRM-HP: LPBKCRS
ESCON: LO-TXPOWER	PPM: AS-MT	VCTRM-HP: OOU-TPT
ESCON: LOCKOUT-REQ	PPM: EQPT	VCTRM-HP: ROLL
ESCON: LOS	PPM: HI-LASERBIAS	VCTRM-HP: ROLL-PEND
ESCON: LPBKFACILITY	PPM: HI-LASERTEMP	VCTRM-HP: SDBER-EXCEED-HO
ESCON: LPBKTERMINAL	PPM: HI-TXPOWER	VCTRM-HP: SFBER-EXCEED-HO
ESCON: MANUAL-REQ-SPAN	PPM: IMPROPRMVL	VCTRM-HP: SQM
ESCON: SQUELCHED	PPM: LO-LASERBIAS	VCTRM-LP: AS-MT-OOG
ESCON: WKSWPR	PPM: LO-LASERTEMP	VCTRM-LP: LCAS-CRC
ESCON: WTR	PPM: LO-TXPOWER	VCTRM-LP: LCAS-RX-FAIL
EXT-SREF: FRCDSWTOPRI	PPM: MEA	VCTRM-LP: LCAS-TX-ADD
EXT-SREF: FRCDSWTOSEC	PPM: MFGMEM	VCTRM-LP: LCAS-TX-DNU
EXT-SREF: FRCDSWTOTHIRD	PPM: PROV-MISMATCH	VCTRM-LP: LOM
EXT-SREF: MANSWTOPRI	PWR: AS-CMD	VCTRM-LP: LP-ENCAP-MISMATCH
EXT-SREF: MANSWTOSEC	PWR: BAT-FAIL	VCTRM-LP: LP-PLM
EXT-SREF: MANSWTOTHIRD	PWR: EHIBATVG	VCTRM-LP: LP-RFI
EXT-SREF: SWTOPRI	PWR: ELWBATVG	VCTRM-LP: LP-TIM
EXT-SREF: SWTOSEC	PWR: VOLT-MISM	VCTRM-LP: LP-UNEQ
EXT-SREF: SWTOTHIRD	STM1E: AS-CMD	VCTRM-LP: OOU-TPT
EXT-SREF: SYNCPRI	STM1E: AS-MT	VCTRM-LP: SDBER-EXCEED-LO
EXT-SREF: SYNCSEC	STM1E: LOF	VCTRM-LP: SFBER-EXCEED-LO
EXT-SREF: SYNCTHIRD	STM1E: LOS	VCTRM-LP: SQM
FAN: EQPT-MISS	STM1E: LPBKFACILITY	VCTRM-LP: TU-AIS
FAN: FAN	STM1E: LPBKTERMINAL	VCTRM-LP: TU-LOP
FAN: MEA	—	—

2.5  Trouble Notifications

The ONS 15454 SDH system reports trouble by utilizing standard alarm and condition characteristics, and standard severities following the rules in ITU-T x.733, and graphical user interface (GUI) state indicators. These notifications are described in the following paragraphs.

The ONS 15454 SDH uses standard categories to characterize levels of trouble. The system reports trouble notifications as alarms and status or descriptive notifications (if configured to do so) as conditions in the CTC Alarms window. Alarms typically signify a problem that the user needs to address, such as a loss of signal. Conditions do not necessarily require troubleshooting.

2.5.1  Alarm Characteristics

The ONS 15454 SDH uses standard alarm entities to identify what is causing trouble. All alarms stem from hardware, software, environment, or operator-originated problems whether or not they affect service. Current alarms for the network, CTC session, node, or card are listed in the Alarms tab. (In addition, cleared alarms are also found in the History tab.)

2.5.2  Condition Characteristics

Conditions include any problem detected on an ONS 15454 SDH shelf. They could include standing or transient notifications. A snapshot of all current raised, standing conditions on the network, node, or card can be retrieved in the CTC Conditions window or using TL1's set of RTRV-COND commands. (In addition, some but not all cleared conditions are also found in the History tab.)

---

Note ONS 15454 SDH condition reporting is not ITU-compliant.

---

2.5.3  Severities

The ONS 15454 SDH uses ITU-devised standard severities for alarms and conditions: Critical (CR), Major (MJ), Minor (MN), Not Alarmed (NA), and Not Reported (NR). These are described below:

•A Critical (CR) alarm generally indicates severe, Service-Affecting (SA) trouble that needs immediate correction, such as an LOS on a trunk port or STM signal.

•A Major (MJ) alarm is a serious alarm, but the trouble has less impact on the network. For example, an automatic protection switching (APS) channel mismatch (APSCNMIS) alarm occurs when working and protect channels have been inadvertently switched so that a working channel is expected at the receive end, but a protect channel is received instead.

•Minor (MN) alarms generally are those that do not affect service. For example, the APS byte failure (APSB) alarm indicates that line terminating equipment (LTE) detects a byte failure on the signal that could prevent traffic from properly executing a traffic switch.

•Not Alarmed (NA) conditions are information indicators, such as for a free-running synchronization (FRNGSYNC) state or a forced-switch to primary timing (FRCSWTOPRI) event. They could or could not require troubleshooting, as indicated in the entries.

•Not Reported (NR) conditions occur as a secondary result of another event. For example, the alarm indication signal (MS-AIS), with severity NR, is inserted by a downstream node when an LOS (CR or MJ) alarm occurs upstream. These conditions do not in themselves require troubleshooting, but are to be expected in the presence of primary alarms.

Severities can be customized for an entire network or for single nodes, from the network level down to the port level by changing or downloading customized alarm profiles. These custom severities are subject to the standard severity-demoting rules given in Telcordia GR-474-CORE and shown in the Alarm Hierarchy section. Procedures for customizing alarm severities are located in the "Manage Alarms" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

2.5.4  Alarm Hierarchy

All alarm, condition, and unreported event severities listed in this manual are default profile settings. However in situations when traffic is not lost, such as when the alarm occurs on protected ports or circuits, alarms having Critical (CR) or Major (MJ) default severities can be demoted to lower severities such as Minor (MN) or Non-Service-Affecting (NSA) as defined in Telcordia GR-474-CORE.

A path alarm can be demoted if a higher-ranking alarm is raised for the same object. For example, If an high-order path trace identifier mismatch (HP-TIM) is raised on a circuit path and then an administrative unit (AU) loss of pointer (LOP) is raised on it, the AU-LOP alarm stands and the HP-TIM closes. The path alarm hierarchy used in the ONS 15454 SDH system is shown in Table 2-9.

Table 2-9 Path Alarm Hierarchy

Priority	Condition Type
Highest	AU-AIS
—	AU-LOP
—	HP-UNEQ
Lowest	HP-TIM

Facility (port) alarms also follow a hierarchy, which means that lower-ranking alarms are closed by higher-ranking alarms. The facility alarm hierarchy used in the ONS 15454 SDH system is shown in Table 2-10.

Table 2-10 Facility Alarm Hierarchy

Priority	Condition Type
Highest	LOS
—	LOF
—	MS-AIS
—	MS-EXC1
—	MS-DEG1
—	MS-RDI1
—	RS-TIM
—	AU-AIS
—	AU-LOP
—	HP-EXC1
—	HP-DEG1
—	HP-UNEQ
—	HP-TIM
Lowest	HP-PLM1

1 This alarm is not currently used in the platform.

Near-end failures and far-end failures follow different hierarchies. Near-end failures stand according to whether they are for the entire signal (LOS, LOF), facility (MS-AIS), path (AU-AIS, etc.) or VT (TU-AIS, etc.). The full hierarchy for near-end failures is shown in Table 2-11. This table is taken from Telcordia GR-253-CORE.

Table 2-11 Near-End Alarm Hierarchy

Priority	Condition Type
Highest	LOS
—	LOF
—	MS-AIS
—	AU-AIS1
—	AU-LOP2
—	HP-UNEQ
—	HP-TIM
—	HP-PLM
—	TU-AIS1
—	TU-LOP2
—	LP-UNEQ3
—	LP-PLM3
Lowest	DS-N AIS (if reported for outgoing DS-N signals)

1 Although it is not defined as a defect or failure, all-ones VT pointer relay is also higher priority than AU-LOP. Similarly, all-ones VC pointer relay is higher priority than TU-LOP. 2 AU-LOP is also higher priority than the far-end failure MS-RFI, which does not affect the detection of any near-end failures. Similarly, TU-LOP is higher priority than LP-RF. 3 This alarm is not used in this platform in this release.

The far-end failure alarm hierarchy is shown in Table 2-12, as given in Telcordia GR-253-CORE.

Table 2-12 Far-End Alarm Hierarchy

Priority	Condition Type
Highest	MS-RDI1
—	HP-RFI
Lowest	LP-RFI1

1 This condition is not used in this platform in this release.

2.5.5  Service Effect

The ITU also provides service effect standards. Service-Affecting (SA) alarms—those that interrupt service—could be Critical (CR), Major (MJ), or Minor (MN) severity alarms. Non-Service-Affecting (NSA) alarms always have a Minor (MN) default severity.

2.5.6  States

The Alarms and History tab State (ST) column indicate the disposition of the alarm or condition as follows:

•A raised (R) event is one that is active.

•A cleared (C) event is one that is no longer active.

•A transient (T) event is one that is automatically raised and cleared in CTC during system changes such as user login, logout, loss of connection to node view, etc. Transient events do not require user action. These are listed in the "Transient Conditions" chapter.

2.6  Safety Summary

This section covers safety considerations designed to ensure safe operation of the ONS 15454 SDH. Do not perform any procedures in this chapter unless you understand all safety precautions, practices, and warnings for the system equipment. Some troubleshooting procedures require installation or removal of cards; in these instances pay close attention to the following caution.

---

Caution Hazardous voltage or energy could be present on the backplane when the system is operating. Use caution when removing or installing cards.

---

Some troubleshooting procedures require installation or removal of STM-64 cards. In these instances, pay close attention to the following warnings.

Warning On the OC192 LR/STM64 LH 1550 card, the laser is on when the card is booted and the safety key is in the on position (labeled 1). The port does not have to be in service for the laser to be on. The laser is off when the safety key is off (labeled 0). Statement 293

Warning Invisible laser radiation could be emitted from the end of the unterminated fiber cable or connector. Do not stare into the beam directly with optical instruments. Viewing the laser output with certain optical instruments (for example, eye loupes, magnifiers, and microscopes) within a distance of 100 mm could pose an eye hazard. Statement 1056

Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057

Warning Class 1 laser product. Statement 1008

Warning Class 1M laser radiation when open. Do not view directly with optical instruments. Statement 1053

Warning Do not reach into a vacant slot or chassis while you install or remove a module or a fan. Exposed circuitry could constitute an energy hazard. Statement 206

Warning The power supply circuitry for the equipment can constitute an energy hazard. Before you install or replace the equipment, remove all jewelry (including rings, necklaces, and watches). Metal objects can come into contact with exposed power supply wiring or circuitry inside the DSLAM equipment. This could cause the metal objects to heat up and cause serious burns or weld the metal object to the equipment. Statement 207

2.7  Alarm Procedures

This section list alarms alphabetically and includes some conditions commonly encountered when troubleshooting alarms. The severity, description, and troubleshooting procedure accompany each alarm and condition.

---

Note When you check the status of alarms for cards, ensure that the alarm filter icon in the lower right corner of the GUI is not indented. If it is, click it to turn it off. When you're done checking for alarms, click the alarm filter icon again to turn filtering back on. For more information about alarm filtering, refer to the "Manage Alarms" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

---

---

Note When checking alarms, ensure that alarm suppression is not enabled on the card or port. For more information about alarm suppression, refer to the "Manage Alarms" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

---

2.7.1  AIS

Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: BITS, DS1, DS3, E1, E3, E4, FUDC, MSUDC

DWDM Logical Object: TRUNK

The Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) condition indicates that this node is detecting an alarm indication signal in the incoming signal SDH overhead.

Generally, any AIS is a special SDH signal that communicates to the receiving node when the transmit node does not send a valid signal. AIS is not considered an error. It is raised by the receiving node on each input when it detects the AIS instead of a real signal. In most cases when this condition is raised, an upstream node is raising an alarm to indicate a signal failure; all nodes downstream from it only raise some type of AIS. This condition clears when you resolved the problem on the upstream node.

---

Note DS3i-N-12 card DS3 facility and terminal loopbacks do not transmit DS3 AIS in the direction away from the loopback. Instead of DS3 AIS, a continuance of the signal transmitted to the loopback is provided.

---

Clear the AIS Condition

---

Step 1 Determine whether there are alarms on the upstream nodes and equipment, especially the "LOS (STM1E, STMN)" alarm on page 2-146, or if there are locked (locked,maintenance or locked,disabled) ports.

Step 2 Clear the upstream alarms using the applicable procedures in this chapter.

Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.2  ALS

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.3  AMPLI-INIT

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.4  APC-CORRECTION-SKIPPED

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.5  APC-DISABLED

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.6  APC-END

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.7  APC-OUT-OF-RANGE

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.8  APSB

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The APS Channel Byte Failure alarm occurs when LTE detects protection switching byte failure or an invalid switching code in the incoming APS signal. Some older SDH nodes not manufactured by Cisco send invalid APS codes if they are configured in a 1+1 protection group with newer SDH nodes, such as the ONS 15454 SDH. These invalid codes cause an APSB alarm on an ONS 15454 SDH node.

Clear the APSB Alarm

---

Step 1 Use an optical test set to examine the incoming SDH overhead to confirm inconsistent or invalid K bytes. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer. If corrupted K bytes are confirmed and the upstream equipment is functioning properly, the upstream equipment might not interoperate effectively with the ONS 15454 SDH.

Step 2 If the alarm does not clear and the overhead shows inconsistent or invalid K bytes, you could need to replace the upstream cards for protection switching to operate properly. Complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure.

---

Caution For the ONS 15454 SDH, removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used alarm troubleshooting procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.9  APSCDFLTK

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The APS Default K Byte Received alarm occurs when a multiplex section-shared protection ring (MS-SPRing) is not properly configured—for example, when a four-node MS-SPRing has one node configured as a subnetwork connection protection (SNCP) ring. When this misconfiguration occurs, a node in an SNCP ring or 1+1 configuration does not send the two valid K1/K2 APS bytes anticipated by a system configured for MS-SPRing. One of the bytes sent is considered invalid by the MS-SPRing configuration. The K1/K2 byte is monitored by receiving equipment for link-recovery information.

Troubleshooting for APSCDFLTK is often similar to troubleshooting for the "MSSP-OOSYNC" alarm on page 2-174.

Clear the APSCDFLTK Alarm

---

Step 1 Complete the "Identify an MS-SPRing Ring Name or Node ID Number" procedure to verify that each node has a unique node ID number.

Step 2 Repeat Step 1 for all nodes in the ring.

Step 3 If two nodes have the same node ID number, complete the "Change an MS-SPRing Node ID Number" procedure to change one node ID number so that each node ID is unique.

Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, verify correct configuration of east port and west port optical fibers. (See the "EXCCOL" alarm on page 2-84.) West port fibers must connect to east port fibers and east port fibers must connect to west port fibers. The "Install Cards and Fiber-Optic Cable" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide provides a procedure for fibering MS-SPRings.

Step 5 If the alarm does not clear and if the network is a four-fiber MS-SPRing, ensure that each protect fiber is connected to another protect fiber and each working fiber is connected to another working fiber. The software does not report any alarm if a working fiber is incorrectly attached to a protect fiber.

Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Verify Node Visibility for Other Nodes" procedure.

Step 7 If nodes are not visible, complete the "Verify or Create Node RS-DCC Terminations" procedure to ensure that regenerator section data communications channel (RS-DCC) terminations exist on each node.

Step 8 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.10  APSC-IMP

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

An Improper SDH APS Code alarm indicates bad or invalid K bytes. The APSC-IMP alarm occurs on STM-N cards in a MS-SPRing configuration and can occur during MS-SPRing configuration.

The receiving equipment monitors K bytes or K1 and K2 APS bytes for an indication to switch from the working card to the protect card or from the protect card to the working one. K1/K2 bytes also contain bits that tell the receiving equipment whether the K byte is valid. The alarm clears when the node receives valid K bytes.

---

Note This alarm can occur on a VC_LO_PATH_TUNNEL tunnel when it does not have lower order circuits provisioned on it. It can also occur when the exercise command or a lockout is applied to a span. An externally switched span does not raise this alarm because the traffic is preempted.

---

---

Note The APSC-IMP alarm may be raised on a BLSR or MS-SPRing when a drop connection is part of a cross-connect loopback.

---

---

Note The APSC-IMP alarm may be momentarily raised on BLSR spans during PCA circuit creation or deletion across multiple nodes using CTC.

---

Warning Invisible laser radiation could be emitted from the end of the unterminated fiber cable or connector. Do not stare into the beam directly with optical instruments. Viewing the laser output with certain optical instruments (for example, eye loupes, magnifiers, and microscopes) within a distance of 100 mm could pose an eye hazard. Statement 1056

Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057

Clear the APSC-IMP Alarm

---

Step 1 Use an optical test set to determine the validity of the K byte signal by examining the received signal. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.

---

Caution Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 SDH. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.

---

If the K byte is invalid, the problem lies with upstream equipment and not with the reporting ONS 15454 SDH. Troubleshoot the upstream equipment using the procedures in this chapter, as applicable. If the upstream nodes are not ONS 15454 SDHs, consult the appropriate user documentation.

Step 2 If the K byte is valid, verify that each node has a ring name that matches the other node ring names. Complete the "Identify an MS-SPRing Ring Name or Node ID Number" procedure.

Step 3 Repeat Step 2 for all nodes in the ring.

Step 4 If a node has a ring name that does not match the other nodes, make that node's ring name identical to the other nodes. Complete the "Change an MS-SPRing Ring Name" procedure.

Step 5 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.11  APSCINCON

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

An Inconsistent APS Code alarm indicates that the APS code contained in the SDH overhead is inconsistent. The SDH overhead contains K1/K2 APS bytes that notify receiving equipment, such as the ONS 15454 SDH, to switch the SDH signal from a working to a protect path when necessary. An inconsistent APS code occurs when three consecutive frames contain nonidentical APS bytes, which in turn give the receiving equipment conflicting commands about switching.

Clear the APSCINCON Alarm on an STM-N Card in an MS-SPRing

---

Step 1 Look for other alarms, especially the "LOS (STM1E, STMN)" alarm on page 2-146, the "LOF (DS1, DS3, E1, E4, STM1E, STMN)" alarm on page 2-136, or the "APSB" alarm on page 2-32. Clearing these alarms clears the APSCINCON alarm.

Step 2 If an APSINCON alarm occurs with no other alarms, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.12  APSCM

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA) for STMN

SDH Logical Object: STMN

An Improper SDH APS Code alarm indicates three consecutive, identical frames containing:

•Unused code in bits 6 through 8 of byte K2.

•Codes that are irrelevant to the specific protection switching operation being requested.

•Requests that are irrelevant to the ring state of the ring (such as a span protection switch request in a two-fiber ring NE).

•ET code in K2 bits 6 through 8 received on the incoming span, but not sourced from the outgoing span.

Warning On the OC192 LR/STM64 LH 1550 card, the laser is on when the card is booted and the safety key is in the on position (labeled 1). The port does not have to be in service for the laser to be on. The laser is off when the safety key is off (labeled 0). Statement 293

Warning Invisible laser radiation could be emitted from the end of the unterminated fiber cable or connector. Do not stare into the beam directly with optical instruments. Viewing the laser output with certain optical instruments (for example, eye loupes, magnifiers, and microscopes) within a distance of 100 mm could pose an eye hazard. Statement 1056

Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057

Clear the APSCM Alarm

---

Step 1 Verify that the working-card channel fibers are physically connected directly to the adjoining node's working-card channel fibers.

---

Caution Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 SDH. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.

---

Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, verify that the protection-card channel fibers are physically connected directly to the adjoining node's protection-card channel fibers.

Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.13  APSCNMIS

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The APS Node ID Mismatch alarm occurs when the source node ID contained in the incoming APS channel K2 byte is not present in the ring map. APSCNMIS could occur and clear when an MS-SPRing is being provisioned. If so, the user can disregard the temporary occurrence. If the APSCNMIS occurs and stays, the alarm clears when a K byte with a valid source node ID is received.

Clear the APSCNMIS Alarm

---

Step 1 Complete the "Identify an MS-SPRing Ring Name or Node ID Number" procedure for each node to verify that each node has a unique node ID number.

Step 2 If the Node ID column contains any two nodes with the same node ID listed, record the repeated node ID.

Step 3 Click Close in the Ring Map dialog box.

Step 4 If two nodes have the same node ID number, complete the "Change an MS-SPRing Node ID Number" procedure to change one node ID number so that each node ID is unique.

---

Note If the node names shown in the network view do not correlate with the node IDs, log into each node and click the Provisioning > MS-SPRing tabs. The MS-SPRing window shows the node ID of the login node.

---

---

Note Applying and removing a lockout on a span causes the ONS node to generate a new K byte. The APSCNMIS alarm clears when the node receives a K byte containing the correct node ID.

---

Step 5 If the alarm does not clear, use the "Initiate a Lockout on an MS-SPRing Protect Span" procedure to lock out the span.

Step 6 Complete the "Clear an MS-SPRing External Switching Command" procedure to clear the lockout.

Step 7 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.14  APSIMP

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The APS Invalid Mode condition occurs if a 1+1 protection group is not properly configured at both nodes to send or receive the correct APS byte. A node that is either configured for no protection or is configured for SNCP or MS-SPRing protection does not send the right K2 APS byte anticipated by a system configured for 1+1 protection. The 1+1 protect port monitors the incoming K2 APS byte and raises this alarm if it does not receive the byte.

The condition is superseded by an APSCM alarm, but not by an AIS condition. It clears when the port receives a valid code for 10 ms.

Clear the APSIMP Condition

---

Step 1 Check the configuration of the other node in the 1+1 protection group. If the far end is not configured for 1+1 protection, create the group. For procedures, refer to the "Turn Up Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

Step 2 If the other end of the group is properly configured or the alarm does not clear after you have provisioned the group correctly, verify that the working ports and protect ports are cabled correctly.

Step 3 Ensure that both protect ports are configured for SDH.

Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.15  APS-INV-PRIM

The APS-INV-PRIM alarm is not used in this platform in this release. It is reserved for future development.

2.7.16  APSMM

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

An APS Mode Mismatch failure alarm occurs on STM-N cards when there is a mismatch of the protection switching schemes at the two ends of the span, such as being bidirectional at one end and unidirectional at the other. Each end of a span must be provisioned the same way: bidirectional and bidirectional, or unidirectional and unidirectional. APSMM can also occur if another vendor's equipment is provisioned as 1:N and the ONS 15454 SDH is provisioned as 1+1.

If one end is provisioned for 1+1 protection switching and the other is provisioned for SNCP protection switching, an APSMM alarm occurs in the ONS 15454 SDH that is provisioned for 1+1 protection switching.

Clear the APSMM Alarm

---

Step 1 For the reporting ONS 15454 SDH, display node view and verify the protection scheme provisioning by completing the following steps:

a. Click the Provisioning > Protection tabs.

b. Click the 1+1 protection group configured for the STM-N cards.

The chosen protection group is the protection group optically connected (with data communications channel [DCC] connectivity) to the far end.

c. Click Edit.

d. Record whether the Bidirectional Switching check box is checked.

Step 2 Click OK in the Edit Protection Group dialog box.

Step 3 Log into the far-end node and verify that the STM-N 1+1 protection group is provisioned.

Step 4 Verify that the Bidirectional Switching check box matches the checked or unchecked condition of the box recorded in Step 1. If not, change it to match.

Step 5 Click Apply.

Step 6 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.17  APS-PRIM-FAC

The APS-PRIM-FAC condition is not used in this platform in this release. It is reserved for future development.

2.7.18  APS-PRIM-SEC-MISM

The APS-PRIM-SEC-MISM condition is not used in this platform in this release. It is reserved for future development.

2.7.19  AS-CMD

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: BPLANE, CE100T, DS1, DS3, E1, E100T, E1000F, E3, E4, EQPT, FCMR, G1000, GFP-FAC, ML100T, ML1000, MLFX, NE, PWR, STM1E, STMN

DWDM Logical Objects: 2R, AOTS, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OCH, OMS, OTS, PPM, TRUNK

The Alarms Suppressed by User Command condition applies to the network element (NE object), backplane, a single card, or a port on a card. It occurs when alarms are suppressed for that object and its subordinate objects; For example, suppressing alarms on a card also suppresses alarms on its ports.

---

Note For more information about suppressing alarms, refer to the "Manage Alarms" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

---

Clear the AS-CMD Condition

---

Step 1 For all nodes, in node view, click the Conditions tab.

Step 2 Click Retrieve. If you have already retrieved conditions, look under the Object column and Eqpt Type column and note what entity the condition is reported against—such as a port, slot, or shelf.

If the condition is reported against an STM-N card and slot, alarms were either suppressed for the entire card or for one of the ports. Note the slot number and continue with Step 3.

If the condition is reported against the backplane, go to Step 8.

If the condition is reported against the NE object, go to Step 9.

Step 3 If the AS-CMD condition is reported for an STM-N card, determine whether alarms are suppressed for a port and if so, raise the suppressed alarms by completing the following steps:

a. Double-click the card to display the card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Alarm Profiles > Alarm Behavior tabs an d complete one of the following substeps:

•If the Suppress Alarms column check box is checked for a port row, deselect it and click Apply.

•If the Suppress Alarms column check box is not checked for a port row, click View > Go to Previous View.

Step 4 If the AS-CMD condition is reported for an amplifier, combiner, or other DWDM card, determine whether alarms are suppressed for a port and if so, raise the suppressed alarms by completing the following steps:

a. Double-click the card to display the card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Alarm Profiles tabs and complete one of the following substeps:

•If the Suppress Alarms column check box is checked for a port row, deselect it and click Apply.

•If the Suppress Alarms column check box is not checked for a port row, click View > Go to Previous View.

Step 5 In node view, if the AS-CMD condition is reported for a card and not an individual port, click the Provisioning > Alarm Profiles > Alarm Behavior tabs.

Step 6 Locate the row for the reported card slot.

Step 7 Click the Suppress Alarms column check box to deselect the option for the card row.

Step 8 If the condition is reported for the backplane, the alarms are suppressed for cards such as the AIP that are not in the optical or electrical slots. To clear the alarm, complete the following steps:

a. In node view, click the Provisioning > Alarm Profiles > Alarm Behavior tabs.

b. In the backplane row, uncheck the Suppress Alarms column check box.

c. Click Apply.

Step 9 If the condition is reported for the shelf, cards and other equipment are affected. To clear the alarm, complete the following steps:

a. In node view, click the Provisioning > Alarm Profiles > Alarm Behavior tabs.

b. Click the Suppress Alarms check box located at the bottom of the window to deselect the option.

c. Click Apply.

Step 10 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.20  AS-MT

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: CE100T, DS1, DS3, E1, E3, E4, EQPT, FCMR, G1000, GFP-FAC, ML100T, ML1000, MLFX, STM1E, STMN

DWDM Logical Objects: 2R, AOTS, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OCH, OMS, OTS, PPM, TRUNK

The Alarms Suppressed for Maintenance Command condition applies to STM-N and electrical cards and occurs when a port is placed in the Locked-Enabled, loopback & maintenance service state for loopback testing operations.

Clear the AS-MT Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear an STM-N Card Facility or Terminal Loopback Circuit" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.21  AS-MT-OOG

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: VCTRM-HP, VCTRM-LP

The Alarms Suppressed on an Out-Of-Group VCAT Member condition is raised on a VC whenever the member is in the IDLE (AS-MT-OOG) admin state. This condition can be raised when a member is initially added to a group. In IDLE (AS-MT-OOG) state, all other alarms for the VC are suppressed.

Clear the AS-MT-OOG Condition

---

Step 1 The AS-MT-OOG condition clears when a VC member transitions to a different state from IDLE (AS-MT-OOG) or when it is removed completely from the group. It does not require troubleshooting unless it does not clear.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.22  AU-AIS

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: VCMON-HP, VCTRM-HP

An AU AIS condition applies to the administration unit, which consists of the virtual container (VC) capacity and pointer bytes (H1, H2, and H3) in the SDH frame.

Generally, any AIS is a special SDH signal that communicates to the receiving node when the transmit node does not send a valid signal. AIS is not considered an error. It is raised by the receiving node on each input when it detects the AIS instead of a real signal. In most cases when this condition is raised, an upstream node is raising an alarm to indicate a signal failure; all nodes downstream from it only raise some type of AIS. This condition clears when you resolved the problem on the upstream node.

Clear the AU-AIS Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear the AIS Condition" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, complete the "Clear the APSB Alarm" procedure.

Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.23  AUD-LOG-LOSS

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: NE

The Audit Trail Log Loss condition occurs when the log is 100 percent full and that the oldest entries are being replaced as new entries are generated. The log capacity is 640 entries. You must off-load (save) the log to make room for more entries.

Clear the AUD-LOG-LOSS Condition

---

Step 1 In node view, click the Maintenance > Audit tabs.

Step 2 Click Retrieve.

Step 3 Click Archive.

Step 4 In the Archive Audit Trail dialog box, navigate to the directory (local or network) where you want to save the file.

Step 5 Enter a name in the File Name field.

You do not need to assign an extension to the file. The file is readable in any application that supports text files, such as WordPad, Microsoft Word (imported), etc.

Step 6 Click Save.

The 640 entries are saved in this file. New entries continue with the next number in the sequence, rather than starting over.

Step 7 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.24  AUD-LOG-LOW

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: NE

The Audit Trail Log Low condition occurs when the audit trail log is 80 percent full.

---

Note AUD-LOG-LOW is an informational condition. The condition does not require troubleshooting.

---

2.7.25  AU-LOF

Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: VCTRM-HP

The AU Loss of Frame (LOF) alarm indicates that the ONS 15454 SDH detects frame loss in the regenerator section of the SDH overhead.

Clear the AU-LOF Alarm

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear the LOF (DS1, DS3, E1, E4, STM1E, STMN) Alarm" procedure.

Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.26  AU-LOP

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Objects: VCMON-HP, VCTRM-HP

An AU-LOP alarm indicates that the SDH high order path overhead section of the administration unit has detected a loss of path. AU-LOP occurs when there is a mismatch between the expected and provisioned circuit size. For the TXP card, an AU-LOP is raised if a port is configured for an SDH signal but receives a SONET signal instead. (This information is contained in the H1 byte bits 5 and 6.)

Warning Invisible laser radiation could be emitted from the end of the unterminated fiber cable or connector. Do not stare into the beam directly with optical instruments. Viewing the laser output with certain optical instruments (for example, eye loupes, magnifiers, and microscopes) within a distance of 100 mm could pose an eye hazard. Statement 1056

Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057

---

Note For more information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide.

---

Clear the AU-LOP Alarm

---

Step 1 In node view, click the Circuits tab and view the alarmed circuit.

Step 2 Verify that the correct circuit size is listed in the Size column. If the size is different from what is expected, such as a VC4-4c instead of a VC4, this causes the alarm.

Step 3 If you have been monitoring the circuit with optical test equipment, a mismatch between the provisioned circuit size and the size expected by the test set can cause this alarm. Ensure that the test set monitoring is set up for the same size as the circuit provisioning. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.

Step 4 If you have not been using a test set, or if the test set is correctly set up, the error is in the provisioned CTC circuit size. Complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure.

Step 5 Recreate the circuit for the correct size. For procedures, refer to the "Create Circuits and Tunnels" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.27  AUTOLSROFF

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

DWDM Logical Object: TRUNK

The Auto Laser Shutdown alarm occurs when the STM-64 card temperature exceeds 194 degrees F (90 degrees C). The internal equipment automatically shuts down the STM-64 laser when the card temperature rises to prevent the card from self-destructing.

Warning On the OC192 LR/STM64 LH 1550 card, the laser is on when the card is booted and the safety key is in the on position (labeled 1). The port does not have to be in service for the laser to be on. The laser is off when the safety key is off (labeled 0). Statement 293.

Warning Invisible laser radiation could be emitted from the end of the unterminated fiber cable or connector. Do not stare into the beam directly with optical instruments. Viewing the laser output with certain optical instruments (for example, eye loupes, magnifiers, and microscopes) within a distance of 100 mm could pose an eye hazard. Statement 1056

Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057

Clear the AUTOLSROFF Alarm

---

Step 1 View the temperature displayed on the ONS 15454 SDH LCD front panel (Figure 2-1).

Figure 2-1 shows the shelf LCD panel.

Figure 2-1 Shelf LCD Panel

Step 2 If the temperature of the shelf exceeds 194 degrees F (90 degrees C), the alarm should clear if you solve the ONS 15454 SDH temperature problem. Complete the "Clear the HITEMP Alarm" procedure.

Step 3 If the temperature of the shelf is under 194 degrees F (90 degrees C), the HITEMP alarm is not the cause of the AUTOLSROFF alarm. Complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure for the STM-64 card.

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used troubleshooting procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 4 If card replacement does not clear the alarm, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.28  AUTORESET

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

The Automatic System Reset alarm occurs when a card is performing an automatic warm reboot. An AUTORESET occurs when you change an IP address or perform any other operation that causes an automatic card-level reboot.

Clear the AUTORESET Alarm

---

Step 1 Determine whether there are additional alarms that could have triggered an automatic reset. If there are, troubleshoot these alarms using the applicable section of this chapter.

Step 2 If the card automatically resets more than once a month with no apparent cause, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure.

---

Caution Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 SDH. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.

---

---

Caution For the ONS 15454 SDH, removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.29  AUTOSW-AIS-SNCP

Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: VCMON-HP, VCMON-LP

The Automatic SNCP Switch Caused by an AIS condition indicates that automatic SNCP protection switching occurred because of the "TU-AIS" condition on page 2-220. If the SNCP ring is configured for revertive switching, it switches back to the working path after the fault clears. The AUTOSW-AIS-SNCP clears when you clear the primary alarm on the upstream node.

Generally, any AIS is a special SDH signal that communicates to the receiving node when the transmit node does not send a valid signal. AIS is not considered an error. It is raised by the receiving node on each input when it detects the AIS instead of a real signal. In most cases when this condition is raised, an upstream node is raising an alarm to indicate a signal failure; all nodes downstream from it only raise some type of AIS. This condition clears when you resolved the problem on the upstream node.

Clear the AUTOSW-AIS-SNCP Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear the AIS Condition" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.30  AUTOSW-LOP-SNCP

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: VCMON-HP, VCMON-LP

An Automatic SNCP Switch Caused by LOP alarm indicates that an automatic SNCP protection switching occurred because of the "AU-LOP" alarm on page 2-43. If the SNCP ring is configured for revertive switching, it switches back to the working path after the fault clears.

Clear the AUTOSW-LOP-SNCP Alarm

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear the AU-LOP Alarm" procedure.

Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.31  AUTOSW-SDBER-SNCP

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: VCMON-HP

The Automatic SNCP Switch Caused by Signal Degrade Bit Error Rate (SDBER) condition indicates that a signal degrade [see the "SD (DS1, DS3, E1, E3, E4, STM1E, STMN)" condition on page 2-191] caused automatic SNCP protection switching to occur. If the SNCP ring is configured for revertive switching, it reverts to the working path when the SD is resolved.

Clear the AUTOSW-SDBER-SNCP Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear the SD (DS3, E1, E3, E4, STM1E, STM-N) Condition" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.32  AUTOSW-SFBER-SNCP

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: VCMON-HP

The Automatic SNCP Switch Caused by Signal Fail Bit Error Rate (SFBER) condition indicates that a signal fail [see the "SF (DS1, DS3, E1, E3, E4, STMN)" condition on page 2-195] caused automatic SNCP protection switching to occur. If the SNCP ring is configured for revertive switching, it reverts to the working path when the SF is resolved.

Clear the AUTOSW-SFBER-SNCP Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear the SF (DS3, E1, E3, E4, STMN) Condition" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.33  AUTOSW-UNEQ-SNCP (VCMON-HP)

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: VCMON-HP

The Automatic SNCP Switch Caused by an Unequipped condition indicates that an HP-UNEQ alarm caused automatic SNCP protection switching to occur (see the "HP-UNEQ" alarm on page 2-121). If the SNCP ring is configured for revertive switching, it reverts to the working path after the fault clears.

Warning Class 1 laser product. Statement 1008

Warning Class 1M laser radiation when open. Do not view directly with optical instruments. Statement 1053

Warning Invisible laser radiation could be emitted from the end of the unterminated fiber cable or connector. Do not stare into the beam directly with optical instruments. Viewing the laser output with certain optical instruments (for example, eye loupes, magnifiers, and microscopes) within a distance of 100 mm could pose an eye hazard. Statement 1056

Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057

Clear the AUTOSW-UNEQ-SNCP (VCMON-HP) Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear the HP-UNEQ Alarm" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.34  AUTOSW-UNEQ-SNCP (VCMON-LP)

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: VCMON-LP

AUTOSW-UNEQ-SNCP for VCMON-LP indicates that the "LP-UNEQ" alarm on page 2-162 caused automatic SNCP protection switching to occur. If the SNCP ring is configured for revertive switching, it reverts to the working path after the fault clears.

Warning Class 1 laser product. Statement 1008

Warning Class 1M laser radiation when open. Do not view directly with optical instruments. Statement 1053

Warning Invisible laser radiation could be emitted from the end of the unterminated fiber cable or connector. Do not stare into the beam directly with optical instruments. Viewing the laser output with certain optical instruments (for example, eye loupes, magnifiers, and microscopes) within a distance of 100 mm could pose an eye hazard. Statement 1056

Clear the AUTOSW-UNEQ-SNCP (VCMON-LP) Condition

---

Step 1 Display the CTC network view and right-click the span reporting AUTOSW-UNEQ. Select Circuits from the shortcut menu.

Step 2 If the specified circuit is a low-order path tunnel, determine whether low-order paths are assigned to the tunnel.

Step 3 If the low-order path tunnel does not have assigned low-order paths, delete the low-order path tunnel from the list of circuits.

Step 4 If you have complete visibility to all nodes, determine whether there are incomplete circuits such as stranded bandwidth from circuits that were not completely deleted.

Step 5 If you find incomplete circuits, determine whether they are working circuits and if they are still passing traffic.

Step 6 If the incomplete circuits are not needed or are not passing traffic, delete them and log out of CTC. Log back in and search for incomplete circuits again. Recreate any needed circuits.

Step 7 If the condition does not clear, verify that all circuits terminating in the reporting card are active by completing the following steps:

a. In node view, click the Circuits tab.

b. Verify that the Status column lists the port as active.

c. If the Status column lists the port as incomplete, and the incomplete does not change after a full initialization, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

Step 8 After you determine that the port is active, verify the signal source received by the card reporting the alarm.

Step 9 If the condition does not clear, verify that the far-end STM-N card providing payload to the card is working properly.

Step 10 If the condition does not clear, verify the far-end cross-connect between the STM-N card and the E-N card.

Step 11 If the condition does not clear, clean the far-end optical fiber cable ends according to site practice. If no site practice exists, complete the procedure for cleaning optical connectors in the "Maintain the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

Warning On the OC192 LR/STM64 LH 1550 card, the laser is on when the card is booted and the safety key is in the on position (labeled 1). The port does not have to be in service for the laser to be on. The laser is off when the safety key is off (labeled 0). Statement 293

Warning Invisible laser radiation could be emitted from the end of the unterminated fiber cable or connector. Do not stare into the beam directly with optical instruments. Viewing the laser output with certain optical instruments (for example, eye loupes, magnifiers, and microscopes) within a distance of 100 mm could pose an eye hazard. Statement 1056

Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057

Step 12 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.35  AWG-DEG

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.36  AWG-FAIL

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.37  AWG-OVERTEMP

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.38  AWG-WARM-UP

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.39  BAT-FAIL

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: PWR

The Battery Fail alarm occurs when one of the two power supplies (A or B) is not detected. This could be because the supply is removed or is not operational. The alarm does not distinguish between the individual power supplies, so onsite information about the conditions is necessary for troubleshooting.

Clear the BATFAIL Alarm

---

Step 1 At the site, determine which battery is not present or operational.

Step 2 Remove the power cable from the faulty supply.

If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.40  BLSROSYNC

The BLSROSYNC alarm is not used in this platform in this release. It is reserved for future development.

2.7.41  BKUPMEMP

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)

---

Note The severity is Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA) for SBY TCC2/TCC2P card.

---

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

The Primary Nonvolatile Backup Memory Failure alarm refers to a problem with the TCC2/TCC2P card flash memory. This alarm is raised on ACT/SBY TCC2/TCC2P cards. The alarm occurs when the TCC2/TCC2P card is in active or standby state and has one of four problems:

•Failure to format a flash partition.

•Failure to write a file to a flash partition.

•Problem at the driver level.

•Code volume fails cyclic redundancy checking (CRC, a method to verify for errors in data transmitted to the TCC2/TCC2P card).

The BKUPMEMP alarm can also cause the "EQPT" alarm on page 2-78. If the EQPT alarm is caused by BKUPMEMP, complete the following procedure to clear the BKUPMEMP and the EQPT alarm.

Clear the BKUPMEMP Alarm

---

Step 1 Verify that both TCC2/TCC2P cards are powered and enabled by confirming lighted ACT/SBY LEDs on the TCC2/TCC2P cards.

Step 2 Determine whether the active or standby TCC2/TCC2P card has the alarm.

Step 3 If both cards are powered and enabled, reset the TCC2/TCC2P card where the alarm is raised. If the card is the active TCC2/TCC2P card, complete the "Reset an ActiveTCC2/TCC2P Card and Activate the Standby Card" procedure.
Wait ten minutes to verify that the card you reset completely reboots and becomes the standby card. The ACT/STBY LED of this card should be amber and the newly active TCC2/TCC2P card LED should be green.
If the card is the standby TCC2/TCC2P card, complete the "Reset the Standby TCC2/TCC2P Card" procedure.

Step 4 If the reset TCC2/TCC2P card has not rebooted successfully, or the alarm has not cleared, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country. If the Technical Support technician tells you to reseat the card, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure. If the Technical Support technician tells you to remove the card and reinstall a new one, follow the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure.

---

2.7.42  CARLOSS (CE100T)

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: CE100T

The Carrier Loss alarm is raised on CE-100T-8 cards in Mapper mode when there is a circuit failure due to link integrity. It does not get raised when a user simply puts the port in the Unlocked state. It has to be Unlocked with a circuit or loopback.

---

Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

Clear the CARLOSS (CE100T) Alarm

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear the CARLOSS (G1000) Alarm" procedure. However, rather than checking for a TPTFAIL (G1000) at the end of the procedure, check for a "TPTFAIL (CE100T)" alarm on page 2-216.

Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.43  CARLOSS (E100T, E1000F)

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Objects: E100T, E1000F

A Carrier Loss alarm on the LAN E-Series Ethernet card is the data equivalent of the "LOS (STM1E, STMN)" alarm on page 2-146. The Ethernet card has lost its link and is not receiving a valid signal. The most common causes of the CARLOSS alarm are a disconnected cable, an Ethernet Gigabit Interface Converter (GBIC) fiber connected to an optical card rather than an Ethernet device, or an improperly installed Ethernet card. Ethernet card ports must be enabled for CARLOSS to occur. CARLOSS is declared after no signal is received for approximately 2.5 seconds.

CARLOSS also occurs after the restoration of a node database. In this instance, the alarm clears approximately 30 seconds after the node reestablishes Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). Reestablishment applies to the E-Series Ethernet cards but not to the G-Series card. The G-Series card does not use STP and is not affected by STP reestablishment.

---

Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

Clear the CARLOSS (E100T, E1000F) Alarm

---

Step 1 Verify that the fiber cable is properly connected and attached to the correct port. For more information about fiber connections and terminations, refer to the "Install Cards and Fiber-Optic Cable" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

---

Caution Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 SDH. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.

---

Step 2 If the fiber cable is properly connected and attached to the port, verify that the cable connects the card to another Ethernet device and is not misconnected to an STM-N card. For more information about fiber connections and terminations, refer to the "Install Cards and Fiber-Optic Cable" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

Step 3 If no misconnection to an STM-N card exists, verify that the transmitting device is operational. If not, troubleshoot the device.

Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, use an Ethernet test set to determine whether a valid signal is coming into the Ethernet port. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.

Step 5 If a valid Ethernet signal is not present and the transmitting device is operational, replace the fiber cable connecting the transmitting device to the Ethernet port. To do this, refer to the "Install Cards and Fiber-Optic Cable" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

Step 6 If a valid Ethernet signal is present, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure for the Ethernet card.

Step 7 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure for the Ethernet card.

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 8 If a CARLOSS alarm repeatedly appears and clears, use the following steps to examine the layout of your network to determine whether the Ethernet circuit is part of an Ethernet manual cross-connect.

An Ethernet manual cross-connect is used when another vendor's equipment sits between ONS 15454 SDHs, and the open systems interconnect/target identifier address resolution protocol (OSI/TARP)-based equipment does not allow tunneling of the ONS 15454 SDH TCP/IP-based DCC. To circumvent a lack of continuous DCC, the Ethernet circuit is manually cross connected to a channel riding through the non-ONS network.

If the reporting Ethernet circuit is part of an Ethernet manual cross-connect, then the reappearing alarm could be a result of mismatched circuit sizes in the set up of the manual cross-connect. Determine this by completing the following steps. If the Ethernet circuit is not part of a manual cross-connect, the following steps do not apply.

a. Right-click anywhere in the row of the CARLOSS alarm.

b. Click Select Affected Circuits in the shortcut menu that appears.

c. Record the information in the type and size columns of the highlighted circuit.

d. From the examination of the layout of your network, determine which ONS 15454 SDH node and card are hosting the Ethernet circuit at the other end of the Ethernet manual cross-connect and complete the following substeps:

•Log into the ONS 15454 SDH at the other end of the Ethernet manual cross-connect.

•Double-click the Ethernet card that is part of the Ethernet manual cross-connect.

•Click the Circuits tab.

•Record the information in the type and size columns of the circuit that is part of the Ethernet manual cross-connect. The Ethernet manual cross-connect circuit connects the Ethernet card to an STM-N card at the same node.

e. Use the information you recorded to determine whether the two Ethernet circuits on each side of the Ethernet manual cross-connect have the same circuit size.

If one of the circuit sizes is incorrect, complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure and reconfigure the circuit with the correct circuit size. For procedures, refer to the "Create Circuits and Tunnels" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

Step 9 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.44  CARLOSS (EQPT)

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

The Carrier Loss Equipment alarm occurs when the ONS 15454 SDH and the workstation hosting CTC do not have a TCP/IP connection. CARLOSS is a problem involving the LAN or data circuit used by the RJ-45 connector on the TCC2/TCC2P card or the LAN backplane pin connection on the back of the ONS 15454 SDH. The alarm does not involve an Ethernet circuit connected to a port on an Ethernet (traffic) card. The problem is in the connection (usually a LAN problem) and not the CTC or the ONS 15454 SDH.

On TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, and MXP_2.5G_10G cards, CARLOSS is also raised against trunk ports when ITU-T G.709 monitoring is turned off.

A TXP_MR_2.5G card can raise a CARLOSS alarm when the payload is incorrectly configured for the 10 Gigabit Ethernet or 1 Gigabit Ethernet payload data types.

---

Note For more information about provisioning MXP or TXP PPMs, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide. For more information about the cards themselves, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter. For more information about MRC-12 and OC192-XFP/STM64-XFP cards, refer to the "Change Card Settings" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide. For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

Clear the CARLOSS (EQPT) Alarm

---

Step 1 If the reporting card is an MXP, TXP, MRC-12, or OC192-XVP/STM64-XFP card in an ONS 15454 SDH node, verify the data rate configured on the PPM by completing the following steps:

a. Double-click the reporting card.

b. Click the Provisioning > Pluggable Port Modules tabs.

c. View the Pluggable Port Modules area port listing in the Actual Equipment Type column for the card and compare this with the Selected PPM area Rate column contents.

d. If the rate does not match the actual equipment, you must delete and recreate the selected PPM. Select the PPM, click Delete, then click Create and choose the correct rate for the port rate.

Step 2 If the reporting card is an STM-N card, verify connectivity by pinging the ONS 15454 SDH that is reporting the alarm by completing the procedure in the "Verify PC Connection to the ONS 15454 SDH (ping)" section.

Step 3 If the ping is successful, it demonstrates that an active TCP/IP connection exists. Restart CTC by completing the following steps:

a. Exit from CTC.

b. Reopen the browser.

c. Log into CTC.

Step 4 Using optical test equipment, verify that proper receive levels are achieved. (For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.)

Step 5 Verify that the optical LAN cable is properly connected and attached to the correct port. For more information about fiber connections and terminations, refer to the "Install Cards and Fiber-Optic Cable" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide

Step 6 If the fiber cable is properly connected and attached to the port, verify that the cable connects the card to another Ethernet device and is not misconnected to an STM-N card. For more information about fiber connections and terminations, refer to the "Install Cards and Fiber-Optic Cable" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

Step 7 If you are unable to establish connectivity, replace the fiber cable with a new known-good cable. To do this, refer to the "Install Cards and Fiber-Optic Cable" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide for procedures.

Step 8 If you are unable to establish connectivity, perform standard network or LAN diagnostics. For example, trace the IP route, verify cable continuity, and troubleshoot any routers between the node and CTC. To verify cable continuity, follow site practices.

Step 9 If you are unable to establish connectivity, perform standard network/LAN diagnostics. For example, trace the IP route, verify cable continuity, and troubleshoot any routers between the node. If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.45  CARLOSS (FC)

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.46  CARLOSS (G1000)

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: G1000

A Carrier Loss alarm on the LAN G-Series Ethernet card is the data equivalent of the "LOS (STM1E, STMN)" alarm on page 2-146. The Ethernet card has lost its link and is not receiving a valid signal.

CARLOSS on the G-Series card can be caused by one of two situations:

•The G-Series port reporting the alarm is not receiving a valid signal from the attached Ethernet device. The CARLOSS can be caused by an improperly connected Ethernet cable or a problem with the signal between the Ethernet device and the G-Series port.

•If a problem exists in the end-to-end path (including possibly the far-end G-Series card), the problem causes the reporting G-Series to turn off the Gigabit Ethernet transmitter. Turning off the transmitter typically causes the attached device to turn off its link laser, which results in a CARLOSS on the reporting G-Series card. The root cause is the problem in the end-to-end path. When the root cause is cleared, the far-end G-Series port turns the transmitter laser back on and clears the CARLOSS on the reporting card. If a turned-off transmitter causes the CARLOSS alarm, it is normally accompanied by a "TPTFAIL (G1000)" alarm on page 2-217 or STM-N alarms or conditions on the end-to-end path.

Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Reference Manual for a description of the G-Series card's end-to-end Ethernet link integrity capability. Also see the "TRMT" alarm on page 2-219 for more information about alarms that occur when a point-to-point circuit exists between two G-Series cards.

Ethernet card ports must be unlocked for CARLOSS to occur. CARLOSS is declared after no signal is received for approximately 2.5 seconds.

---

Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

Clear the CARLOSS (G1000) Alarm

---

Step 1 Verify that the fiber cable is properly connected and attached to the correct port. For more information about fiber connections and terminations, refer to the "Install Cards and Fiber-Optic Cable" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

---

Caution Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 SDH. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.

---

Step 2 If the fiber cable is correctly connected and attached, verify that the cable connects the card to another Ethernet device and is not misconnected to an STM-N card.

Step 3 If no misconnection to the STM-N card exists, verify that the attached transmitting Ethernet device is operational. If not, troubleshoot the device.

Step 4 Verify that optical receive levels are within the normal range. These are listed in the "Optical Card Transmit and Receive Levels" section.

Step 5 If the alarm does not clear, use an Ethernet test set to determine whether a valid signal is coming into the Ethernet port. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.

Step 6 If a valid Ethernet signal is not present and the transmitting device is operational, replace the fiber cable connecting the transmitting device to the Ethernet port. To do this, refer to the "Install Cards and Fiber-Optic Cable" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide for procedures.

Step 7 If the alarm does not clear, and link autonegotiation is enabled on the G-Series port but the autonegotiation process fails, the card turns off its transmitter laser and reports a CARLOSS alarm. If link autonegotiation has been enabled for the port, determine whether there are conditions that could cause autonegotiation to fail by completing the following steps:

a. Confirm that the attached Ethernet device has autonegotiation enabled and is configured for compatibility with the asymmetric flow control on the card.

b. Confirm that the attached Ethernet device configuration allows reception of flow control frames.

Step 8 If the alarm does not clear, disable and reenable the Ethernet port to attempt to remove the CARLOSS condition. (The autonegotiation process restarts.)

Step 9 If the alarm does not clear and the "TPTFAIL (G1000)" alarm on page 2-217 is also reported, complete the "Clear the TPTFAIL (G1000) Alarm" procedure. If the TPTFAIL alarm is not raised, continue to the next step.

---

Note When the CARLOSS and the TPTFAIL alarms are reported, the condition could be caused by the G-Series card's end-to-end link integrity feature taking action on a remote failure indicated by the TPTFAIL alarm.

---

Step 10 If the TPTFAIL alarm was not raised, determine whether a terminal (inward) loopback has been provisioned on the port by completing the following steps:

a. In node view, click the card to go to card view.

b. Click the Maintenance > Loopback tabs.

c. If the port Admin State is listed as Locked, maintenance, a loopback could be provisioned. Go to Step 11.

Step 11 If a loopback was provisioned, complete the "Clear a Non-STM Card Facility or Terminal Loopback Circuit" procedure.

On the G-Series, provisioning a terminal (inward) loopback causes the transmit laser to turn off. If an attached Ethernet device detects the loopback as a loss of carrier, the attached Ethernet device shuts off the transmit laser to the G-Series card. Terminating the transmit laser could raise the CARLOSS alarm because the looped-back G-Series port detects the termination.

If the card does not have a loopback condition, continue to Step 12.

Step 12 If a CARLOSS alarm repeatedly appears and clears, the reappearing alarm could be a result of mismatched circuit sizes in the setup of the manual cross-connect. Perform the following steps if the Ethernet circuit is part of a manual cross-connect by completing the following steps:

---

Note An ONS 15454 SDH Ethernet manual cross-connect is used when another vendor's equipment sits between ONS nodes, and the OSI/TARP-based equipment does not allow tunneling of the ONS 15454 SDH TCP/IP-based DCC. To circumvent a lack of continuous DCC, the Ethernet circuit is manually cross connected to a channel riding through the non-ONS network.

---

a. Right-click anywhere in the row of the CARLOSS alarm.

b. Right-click or left-click Select Affected Circuits in the shortcut menu that appears.

c. Record the information in the type and size columns of the highlighted circuit.

d. Examine the layout of your network and determine which ONS 15454 SDH and card are hosting the Ethernet circuit at the other end of the Ethernet manual cross-connect by completing the following substeps:

•Log into the node at the other end of the Ethernet manual cross-connect.

•Double-click the Ethernet card that is part of the Ethernet manual cross-connect.

•Click the Circuits tab.

•Record the information in the type and size columns of the circuit that is part of the Ethernet manual cross-connect. The cross-connect circuit connects the Ethernet card to an STM-N card at the same node.

e. Determine whether the two Ethernet circuits on each side of the Ethernet manual cross-connect have the same circuit size from the circuit size information you recorded.

f. If one of the circuit sizes is incorrect, complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure and reconfigure the circuit with the correct circuit size. Refer to the "Create Circuits and Tunnels" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide for detailed procedures to create circuits.

Step 13 If a valid Ethernet signal is present, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure.

Step 14 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure for the Ethernet card.

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 15 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.47  CARLOSS (GE)

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.48  CARLOSS (ISC)

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.49  CARLOSS (ML100T, ML1000, MLFX)

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Objects: ML100T, ML1000, MLFX

A Carrier Loss alarm on the ML-Series Ethernet card is the data equivalent of the "LOS (STM1E, STMN)" alarm on page 2-146. The Ethernet port has lost its link and is not receiving a valid signal.

A CARLOSS alarm occurs when the Ethernet port has been configured from the Cisco IOS command-line interface (CLI) as a no-shutdown port and one of the following problems also occurs:

•The cable is not properly connected to the near or far port.

•Autonegotiation is failing.

•The speed (10/100 ports only) is set incorrectly.

---

Note For information about provisioning ML-Series Ethernet cards from the Cisco IOS interface, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

Clear the CARLOSS (ML100T, ML1000, MLFX) Alarm

---

Step 1 Verify that the LAN cable is properly connected and attached to the correct port on the ML-Series card and on the peer Ethernet port. For more information about fiber connections and terminations, refer to the "Install Cards and Fiber-Optic Cable" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, verify that autonegotiation is set properly on the ML-Series card port and the peer Ethernet port.

Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, verify that the speed is set properly on the ML-Series card port and the peer Ethernet port if you are using 10/100 ports.

Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, the Ethernet signal is not valid, but the transmitting device is operational, replace the LAN cable connecting the transmitting device to the Ethernet port.

Step 5 If the alarm does not clear, disable and reenable the Ethernet port by performing a "shutdown" and then a "no shutdown" on the Cisco IOS CLI. Autonegotiation restarts.

Step 6 If the problem persists with the loopback installed, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure.

Step 7 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure.

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 8 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.50  CARLOSS (TRUNK)

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.51  CASETEMP-DEG

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.52  CKTDOWN

The CKTDOWN alarm is not used in this platform in this release. It is reserved for future development.

2.7.53  CLDRESTART

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

The Cold Restart condition occurs when a card is physically removed and inserted, replaced, or when the ONS 15454 SDH power is initialized.

Clear the CLDRESTART Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) the Standby TCC2/TCC2P Card" procedure.

---

Caution Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 SDH. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.

---

Step 2  If the condition fails to clear after the card reboots, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure.

Step 3 If the condition does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure for the card.

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.54  COMIOXC

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

The Input/Output Slot To Cross-Connect Communication Failure alarm can be caused by the cross-connect card when there is a communication failure for a traffic slot.

Clear the COMIOXC Alarm

---

Step 1 Complete the "Reset a Traffic Card in CTC" procedure on the card in which the alarm is reported. For the LED behavior, see the "Typical Traffic Card LED Activity During Reset" section.

Step 2 Verify that the reset is complete and error-free and that no new related alarms appear in CTC. A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.

Step 3 If the CTC reset does not clear the alarm, move traffic off the reporting cross-connect card. Complete the "Side Switch the Active and Standby Cross-Connect Cards" procedure.

Step 4 Complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure on the card in which the alarm is reported.

Step 5 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace an In-Service Cross-Connect Card" procedure for the reporting cross-connect card or complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure on the card in which the alarm is reported.

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.55  COMM-FAIL

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

The Plug-In Module (card) Communication Failure alarm indicates that there is a communication failure between the TCC2/TCC2P card and the card. The failure could indicate a broken card interface.

Clear the COMM-FAIL Alarm

---

Step 1 Complete the "Reset a Traffic Card in CTC" procedure for the reporting card.

Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure for the card.

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "CTC Card Resetting and Switching" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.56  CONTBUS-A-18

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

A Communication Failure from Controller Slot to Controller Slot alarm for the TCC2/TCC2P card slot to TCC2/TCC2P card slot occurs when the main processor on the TCC2/TCC2P card in the first slot (TCC A) loses communication with the coprocessor on the same card. This applies to the Slot 7 TCC2/TCC2P card.

Clear the CONTBUS-A-18 Alarm

---

Step 1 Complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) the Standby TCC2/TCC2P Card" procedure to make the Slot 11 TCC2/TCC2P card active.

---

Caution Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 SDH. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.

---

Step 2 Wait approximately 10 minutes for the Slot 7 TCC2/TCC2P card to reset as the standby TCC2/TCC2P card. Verify that the ACT/SBY LED is correctly illuminated before proceeding to the next step. A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.

Step 3 Position the cursor over the Slot 11 TCC2/TCC2P card and complete the "Reset an ActiveTCC2/TCC2P Card and Activate the Standby Card" procedure to return the card to the active state.

Step 4 If the reset card has not rebooted successfully, or the alarm has not cleared, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country. If the Technical Support technician tells you to reseat the card, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure. If the Technical Support technician tells you to remove the card and reinstall a new one, follow the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure.

---

2.7.57  CONTBUS-B-18

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

A Communication Failure from Controller Slot to Controller Slot alarm for the TCC2/TCC2P card slot to TCC2/TCC2P card slot occurs when the main processor on the TCC2/TCC2P card in the second slot (TCC B) loses communication with the coprocessor on the same card. This applies to the Slot 11 TCC2/TCC2P card.

Clear the CONTBUS-B-18 Alarm

---

Step 1 Complete the "Reset an ActiveTCC2/TCC2P Card and Activate the Standby Card" procedure to make the Slot 7 TCC2/TCC2P card active.

Step 2 Wait approximately 10 minutes for the Slot 11 TCC2/TCC2P card to reset as the standby TCC2/TCC2P card. Verify that the ACT/SBY LED is correctly illuminated before proceeding to the next step. A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.

Step 3 Position the cursor over the Slot 7 TCC2/TCC2P card and complete the "Reset an ActiveTCC2/TCC2P Card and Activate the Standby Card" procedure to return the Slot 11 TCC2/TCC2P card to the active state.

Step 4 If the reset card has not rebooted successfully, or the alarm has not cleared, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country. If the Technical Support technician tells you to reseat the card, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure. If the Technical Support technician tells you to remove the card and reinstall a new one, follow the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure.

---

Caution Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 SDH. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.

---

2.7.58  CONTBUS-DISABLED

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

The CONTBUS-DISABLED alarm is a function of the Release 6.0 enhanced cell bus verification feature. This alarm occurs when a card is defective upon insertion into the chassis or when a card already present in the chassis becomes defective. (That is, the card fails the enhanced cell bus verification test.) The alarm persists as long as the defective card remains in the chassis. When the card is removed, CONTBUS-DISABLED will remain raised for a one-minute wait time. This wait time is designed as a guard period so that the system can distinguish this outage from a briefer card reset communication outage.

If no card is reinserted into the original slot during the wait time, the alarm clears. After this time, a different, nondefective card (not the original card) should be inserted.

When CONTBUS-DISABLED is raised, no message-oriented communication is allowed to or from this slot to the TCC2/TCC2P card (thus avoiding node communication failure).

---

Caution CONTBUS-DISABLED clears only when the faulty card is removed for one minute. If any card at all is reinserted before the one-minute guard period expires, the alarm does not clear.

---

CONTBUS-DISABLED overrides the IMPROPRMVL alarm during the one-minute wait period, but afterward IMPROPRMVL can be raised because it is no longer suppressed. IMPROPRMVL is raised after CONTBUS-DISABLED clears if the card is in the node database. If CONTBUS-DISABLED has cleared but IMPROPRMVL is still active, inserting a card will clear the IMPROPRMVL alarm.

Clear the CONTBUS-DISABLED Alarm

---

Step 1 If the IMPROPRMVL alarm is raised, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure. (For general information about card installation, refer to the "Install Cards and Fiber-Optic Cable" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.)

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.59  CONTBUS-IO-A

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

A TCCA to Shelf A Slot Communication Failure alarm occurs when the active Slot 7 TCC2/TCC2P card (TCC A) has lost communication with another card in the shelf. The other card is identified by the Object column in the CTC alarm window.

The CONTBUS-IO-A alarm can appear briefly when the ONS 15454 SDH switches to the protect TCC2/TCC2P card. In the case of a TCC2/TCC2P card protection switch, the alarm clears after the other cards establish communication with the newly active TCC2/TCC2P card. If the alarm persists, the problem lies with the physical path of communication from the TCC2/TCC2P card to the reporting card. The physical path of communication includes the TCC2/TCC2P card, the other card, and the backplane.

Clear the CONTBUS-IO-A Alarm

---

Step 1 Ensure that the reporting card is physically present in the shelf. Record the card type. Click the Inventory tab and view the Eqpt Type column to reveal the provisioned type.

If the actual card type and the provisioned card type do not match, see the "MEA (EQPT)" alarm on page 2-167 for the reporting card.

Step 2 If the alarm object is any single card slot other than the standby Slot 11 TCC2/TCC2P card, perform a CTC reset of the object card. Complete the "Reset a Traffic Card in CTC" procedure. For the LED behavior, see the "Typical Traffic Card LED Activity During Reset" section.

Step 3 If the alarm object is the standby Slot 11 TCC2/TCC2P card, complete the "Reset a Traffic Card in CTC" procedure for it. The procedure is similar.

Wait ten minutes to verify that the card you reset completely reboots and becomes the standby card. (A reset standby card remains standby.)

Step 4 If CONTBUS-IO-A is raised on several cards at once, complete the "Reset an ActiveTCC2/TCC2P Card and Activate the Standby Card" procedure.

Wait ten minutes to verify that the card you reset completely reboots and becomes the standby card.

Step 5 Verify that the reset is complete and error-free and that no new related alarms appear in CTC. A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.

Step 6 If the CTC reset does not clear the alarm, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure for the reporting card.

---

Caution Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 SDH. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.

---

Step 7 If the reset card has not rebooted successfully, or the alarm has not cleared, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free TAC numbers for your country. If the Technical Support technician tells you to reseat the card, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) the Standby TCC2/TCC2P Card" procedure. If the Technical Support technician tells you to remove the card and reinstall a new one, follow the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure.

---

2.7.60  CONTBUS-IO-B

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

A TCC B to Shelf Communication Failure alarm occurs when the active Slot 11 TCC2/TCC2P card (TCC B) has lost communication with another card in the shelf. The other card is identified by the Object column in the CTC alarm window.

The CONTBUS-IO-B alarm could appear briefly when the ONS 15454 SDH switches to the protect TCC2/TCC2P card. In the case of a TCC2/TCC2P card protection switch, the alarm clears after the other cards establish communication with the newly active TCC2/TCC2P card. If the alarm persists, the problem lies with the physical path of communication from the TCC2/TCC2P card to the reporting card. The physical path of communication includes the TCC2/TCC2P card, the other card, and the backplane.

Clear the CONTBUS-IO-B Alarm

---

Step 1 Ensure that the reporting card is physically present in the shelf. Record the card type. Click the Inventory tab and view the Eqpt Type column to reveal the provisioned type.

If the actual card type and the provisioned card type do not match, see the "MEA (EQPT)" alarm on page 2-167 for the reporting card.

Step 2 If the alarm object is any single card slot other than the standby Slot 7 TCC2/TCC2P card, perform a CTC reset of the object card. Complete the "Reset a Traffic Card in CTC" procedure. For the LED behavior, see the "Typical Traffic Card LED Activity During Reset" section.

Step 3 If the alarm object is the standby Slot 7 TCC2/TCC2P card, complete the "Reset a Traffic Card in CTC" procedure for it. The procedure is similar.

Wait ten minutes to verify that the card you reset completely reboots and becomes the standby card. (A reset standby card remains standby.)

Step 4 If CONTBUS-IO-B is raised on several cards at once, complete the "Reset an ActiveTCC2/TCC2P Card and Activate the Standby Card" procedure.

Wait ten minutes to verify that the card you reset completely reboots and becomes the standby card.

Step 5 Verify that the reset is complete and error-free and that no new related alarms appear in CTC. A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.

Step 6 If the CTC reset does not clear the alarm, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure for the reporting card.

---

Caution Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 SDH. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.

---

Step 7 If the reset card has not rebooted successfully, or the alarm has not cleared, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free TAC numbers for your country. If the Technical Support technician tells you to reseat the card, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) the Standby TCC2/TCC2P Card" procedure. If the Technical Support technician tells you to remove the card and reinstall a new one, follow the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure.

---

2.7.61  CTNEQPT-MISMATCH

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

The Connection Equipment Mismatch condition is raised when there is a mismatch between the cross-connect card preprovisioned in the slot and the card actually present in the shelf. For example, an XC-VXL card could be preprovisioned in Slot 10, but another card could be physically installed.

---

Note Cisco does not support configurations of unmatched cross-connect cards in Slot 8 and Slot 10, although this situation could briefly occur during the upgrade process.

---

---

Note The cross-connect card you are replacing should not be the active card. (It can be in SBY state or otherwise not in use.)

---

---

Note During an upgrade, this condition occurs and is raised as its default severity, Not Alarmed (NA). However, after the upgrade has occurred, if you wish to change the condition's severity so that it is Not Reported (NR), you can do this by modifying the alarm profile used at the node. For more information about modifying alarm severities, refer to the "Manage Alarms" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

---

Clear the CTNEQPT-MISMATCH Condition

---

Step 1 Determine what kind of card is preprovisioned in the slot by completing the following steps:

a. In node view, click the Inventory tab.

b. View the slot's row contents in the Eqpt Type and Actual Eqpt Type columns.

The Eqpt Type column contains the equipment that is provisioned in the slot. The Actual Eqpt Type contains the equipment that is physically present in the slot. For example, Slot 8 could be provisioned for an XCVT card, which is shown in the Eqpt Type column, but a different cross-connect card could be physically present in the slot. (This card would be shown in the Actual Eqpt Type column.)

Step 2 Complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure for the mismatched card.

Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.62  CTNEQPT-PBPROT

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

The Interconnection Equipment Failure Protect Cross-Connect Card Payload Bus Alarm indicates a failure of the main payload between the protect ONS 15454 SDH Slot 10 cross-connect card and the reporting traffic card. The cross-connect card and the reporting card are no longer communicating through the backplane. The problem exists in the cross-connect card and the reporting traffic card, or the TCC2/TCC2P card and the backplane.

---

Note This alarm automatically raises and clears when the Slot 8 cross-connect card is reseated.

---

---

Caution Software update on a standby TCC2/TCC2P card can take up to 30 minutes.

---

Clear the CTNEQPT-PBPROT Alarm

---

Step 1 If all traffic cards show CTNEQPT-PBPROT alarm, complete the following steps:

a. Complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) the Standby TCC2/TCC2P Card" procedure for the standby TCC2/TCC2P card.

---

Caution Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 SDH. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.

---

b. If the reseat fails to clear the alarm, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure for the standby TCC2/TCC2P card.

---

Caution Do not physically reseat an active TCC2/TCC2P card. Doing so disrupts traffic.

---

Step 2 If not all cards show the alarm, perform a CTC reset on the standby STM-64 card. Complete the "Reset a Traffic Card in CTC" procedure. For the LED behavior, see the "Typical Traffic Card LED Activity During Reset" section.

Step 3 Verify that the reset is complete and error-free and that no new related alarms appear in CTC. A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.

If the cross-connect reset is not complete and error-free or if the TCC2/TCC2P card reboots automatically, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free TAC numbers for your country.

Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure for the standby STM-64 card.

Step 5 Determine whether the card is an active card or standby card in a protection group. Click the node view Maintenance > Protection tabs, then click the protection group. The cards and their status are displayed in the list.

Step 6 If the reporting traffic card is the active card in the protection group, complete the "Initiate a 1:1 Card Switch Command" procedure. After you move traffic off the active card, or if the reporting card is standby, continue with the following steps.

Step 7 Complete the "Reset a Traffic Card in CTC" procedure on the reporting card. For the LED behavior, see the "Typical Traffic Card LED Activity During Reset" section.

Step 8 Verify that the reset is complete and error-free and that no new related alarms appear in CTC. A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.

Step 9 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure for the reporting card.

Step 10 Complete the "Initiate a 1:1 Card Switch Command" procedure to switch traffic back.

Step 11 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure for the reporting traffic card.

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "2.10.2  Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" procedure for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 12 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.63  CTNEQPT-PBWORK

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

The Interconnection Equipment Failure Working Cross-Connect Card Payload Bus alarm indicates a failure in the main payload bus between the ONS 15454 SDH Slot 8 cross-connect card and the reporting traffic card. The cross-connect card and the reporting card are no longer communicating through the backplane. The problem exists in the cross-connect card and the reporting traffic card, or the TCC2/TCC2P card and the backplane.

---

Note This alarm automatically raises and clears when the ONS 15454 SDH Slot 10 cross-connect card is reseated.

---

Clear the CTNEQPT-PBWORK Alarm

---

Step 1 If all traffic cards show CTNEEQPT-PBWORK alarm, complete the following steps:

a. Complete the "Reset an ActiveTCC2/TCC2P Card and Activate the Standby Card" procedure for the active TCC2/TCC2P card and then complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) the Standby TCC2/TCC2P Card" procedure.

b. If the reseat fails to clear the alarm, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure for the TCC2/TCC2P card.

---

Caution Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 SDH. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.

---

---

Caution Do not physically reseat an active TCC2/TCC2P card; it disrupts traffic.

---

Step 2 If not all cards show the alarm, complete the "Side Switch the Active and Standby Cross-Connect Cards" procedure for the active cross-connect card.

Step 3 Complete the "Reset a Traffic Card in CTC" procedure for the reporting card. For the LED behavior, see the "Typical Traffic Card LED Activity During Reset" section.

Step 4 Verify that the reset is complete and error-free and that no new related alarms appear in CTC. A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.

Step 5 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure for the standby cross-connect card.

Step 6 If the alarm does not clear and the reporting traffic card is the active card in the protection group, complete the "Initiate a 1:1 Card Switch Command" procedure. If the card is standby, or if you have moved traffic off the active card, proceed with the following steps.

Step 7 Complete the "Reset a Traffic Card in CTC" procedure for the reporting card. For the LED behavior, see the "Typical Traffic Card LED Activity During Reset" section.

Step 8 Verify that the reset is complete and error-free and that no new related alarms appear in CTC. A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.

Step 9 If the CTC reset does not clear the alarm, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure for the reporting card.

Step 10 If you switched traffic, complete the "Initiate a 1:1 Card Switch Command" procedure to switch it back.

Step 11 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure for the cross-connect card.

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 12 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure for the reporting traffic card.

Step 13 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.64  DATAFLT

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: NE

The Software Data Integrity Fault alarm occurs when the TCC2/TCC2P card exceeds its flash memory capacity.

---

Caution When the system reboots, the last configuration entered is not saved.

---

Clear the DATAFLT Alarm

---

Step 1 Complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) the Standby TCC2/TCC2P Card" procedure.

Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.65  DBOSYNC

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: NE

The Standby Database Out Of Synchronization alarm occurs when the standbyTCC2/TCC2P card "To be Active" database does not synchronize with the active database on the active TCC2/TCC2P card.

---

Caution If you reset the active TCC2/TCC2P card while this alarm is raised, you lose current provisioning.

---

Clear the DBOSYNC Alarm

---

Step 1 Save a backup copy of the active TCC2/TCC2P card database. Refer to the "Maintain the Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide for procedures.

Step 2 Make a minor provisioning change to the active database to see if applying a provisioning change clears the alarm by completing the following steps:

a. In node view, click the Provisioning > General > General tabs.

b. In the Description field, make a small change such as adding a period to the existing entry.

The change causes a database write but does not affect the node state. The write could take up to a minute.

Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.66  DS3-MISM

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: DS3

The DS-3 Frame Format Mismatch condition indicates that a frame format mismatch on a signal transiting the ONS 15454 SDH DS3i-N-12 card. The condition occurs when the provisioned line type and incoming signal frame format type do no match. For example, if the line type for a DS3i-N-12 card is set to C Bit and the incoming signal frame format is detected as M13, then the ONS 15454 SDH reports a DS3-MISM condition.

Clear the DS3-MISM Condition

---

Step 1 Display the CTC card view for the reporting DS3i-N-12 card.

Step 2 Click the Provisioning > Line tabs.

Step 3 For the row on the appropriate port, verify that the Line Type column is set to match the expected incoming signal (C Bit or M13).

Step 4 If the Line Type drop-down list does not match the expected incoming signal, select the correct Line Type in the drop-down list.

Step 5 Click Apply.

Step 6 If the condition does not clear after the user verifies that the provisioned line type matches the expected incoming signal, use an optical test set to verify that the actual signal coming into the ONS 15454 SDH matches the expected incoming signal. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.

Step 7 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.67  DSP-COMM-FAIL

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.68  DSP-FAIL

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.69  DUP-IPADDR

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: NE

The Duplicate IP Address alarm indicates that the alarmed node IP address is already in use within the same DCC area. When this happens, CTC no longer reliably connects to either node. Depending on how the packets are routed, CTC could connect to either node (having the same IP address). If CTC has connected to both nodes before they shared the same address, it has two distinct NodeModel instances (keyed by the node ID portion of the MAC address).

Clear the DUP-IPADDR Alarm

---

Step 1 Isolate the alarmed node from the other node having the same address by completing the following steps:

a. Connect to the alarmed node using the Craft port on the ONS 15454 SDH chassis.

b. Begin a CTC session.

c. In the login dialog window, uncheck the Network Discovery check box.

Step 2 In node view, click the Provisioning > Network > General tabs.

Step 3 In the IP Address field, change the IP address to a unique number.

Step 4 Click Apply.

Step 5 Restart any CTC sessions that are logged into either of the formerly duplicated node IDs. (For procedures to log in or log out, refer to the "Set Up PC and Log Into the GUI" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.)

Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.70  DUP-NODENAME

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: NE

The Duplicate Node Name alarm indicates that the alarmed node's alphanumeric name is already being used within the same DCC area.

Clear the DUP-NODENAME Alarm

---

Step 1 In node view, click the Provisioning > General > General tabs.

Step 2 In the Node Name field, enter a unique name for the node.

Step 3 Click Apply.

Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.71  EHIBATVG

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: PWR

The Extreme High Voltage Battery alarm occurs in a -48 VDC or -60 VDC environment when the voltage on a battery lead input exceeds the extreme high power threshold. This threshold, with a value of -56.7 VDC in -48 VDC systems or -72 VDC in -60 VDC systems, is user-provisionable. The alarm remains raised until the voltage remains under the threshold for 120 seconds. (For information about changing this threshold, refer to the "Turn Up Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.)

Clear the EHIBATVG Alarm

---

Step 1 The problem is external to the ONS 15454 SDH. Troubleshoot the power source supplying the battery leads.

Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.72  ELWBATVG

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: PWR

The Extreme Low Voltage Battery alarm occurs in a -48 VDC environment when the voltage on the battery feeds is extremely low or has been lost, and power redundancy is no longer guaranteed. The threshold for this alarm is -40.5 VDC in -48 VDC systems or -50 VDC in -60 VDC systems. The alarm clears when voltage remains above -40.5 VDC for 120 seconds.

Clear the ELWBATVG Alarm

---

Step 1 The problem is external to the ONS 15454 SDH. Troubleshoot the power source supplying the battery leads.

Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.73  EOC

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

DWDM Logical Object: TRUNK

The SDH Data Communications Channel (DCC) Termination Failure alarm occurs when the ONS 15454 SDH loses its data communications channel. Although this alarm is primarily SDH, it can apply to DWDM. For example, the OSCM card can raise this alarm on its STM-1 section overhead.

The RS-DCC consists of three bytes, D1 through D3, in the SDH overhead. The bytes convey information about operation, administration, maintenance, and provisioning (OAM&P). The ONS 15454 SDH uses the DCC on the SDH section overhead to communicate network management information.

Warning Class 1 laser product. Statement 1008

Warning Class 1M laser radiation when open. Do not view directly with optical instruments. Statement 1053

Warning On the OC192 LR/STM64 LH 1550 card, the laser is on when the card is booted and the safety key is in the on position (labeled 1). The port does not have to be in service for the laser to be on. The laser is off when the safety key is off (labeled 0). Statement 293

Warning Invisible laser radiation could be emitted from the end of the unterminated fiber cable or connector. Do not stare into the beam directly with optical instruments. Viewing the laser output with certain optical instruments (for example, eye loupes, magnifiers, and microscopes) within a distance of 100 mm could pose an eye hazard. Statement 1056

Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057

---

Note If a circuit shows an incomplete state when this alarm is raised, the logical circuit is in place. The circuit is able to carry traffic when the connection issue is resolved. You do not need to delete the circuit when troubleshooting this alarm.

---

---

Note For more information about DWDM cards, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide.

---

Clear the EOC Alarm

---

Step 1 If the "LOS (DS1, DS3)" alarm on page 2-142 is also reported, complete the "Clear the LOS (STM1E, STMN) Alarm" procedure.

Step 2 If the "SFTWDOWN" condition on page 2-198 is reported, complete the "Clear the SF (DS3, E1, E3, E4, STMN) Condition" procedure.

Step 3 If the alarm does not clear on the reporting node, verify the physical connections between the cards and that the fiber-optic cables are configured to carry RS-DCC traffic. If they are not, correct them. For more information about STM-N fiber connections and terminations, refer to the "Install Cards and Fiber-Optic Cable" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

---

Caution Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 SDH. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.

---

If the physical connections are correct and configured to carry DCC traffic, ensure that both ends of the fiber span have unlocked ports. Verify that the ACT/SBY LED on each card is green.

Step 4 When the LEDs on the cards are correctly illuminated, complete the "Verify or Create Node RS-DCC Terminations" procedure to verify that the DCC is provisioned for the ports at both ends of the fiber span.

Step 5 Repeat Step 4 at the adjacent nodes.

Step 6 If DCC is provisioned for the ends of the span, verify that the port is active and in service by completing the following steps:

a. Confirm that the card shows a green LED in CTC or on the physical card.

A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.

b. To determine whether the port is in service, double-click the card in CTC to display the card view.

c. For an STM-N card, click the Provisioning > Line tabs. For the OSCM card, click the Provisioning > STM-1 Line tabs.

d. Verify that the Admin State column lists the port as Unlocked.

e. If the Admin State column lists the port as locked,maintenance or locked,disabled, click the column and click Unlocked from the drop-down list. Click Apply.

Step 7 For all nodes, if the card is in service, use an optical test set to determine whether signal failures are present on fiber terminations. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.

---

Caution Using an optical test set disrupts service on an STM-N card. It could be necessary to manually switch traffic carrying circuits over to a protection path. Refer to the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used switching procedures.

---

Step 8 If no signal failures exist on terminations, measure power levels to verify that the budget loss is within the parameters of the receiver. See the "Optical Card Transmit and Receive Levels" section for non-DWDM card levels.

Step 9 If budget loss is within parameters, ensure that fiber connectors are securely fastened and properly terminated. For more information refer to "Install Cards and Fiber-Optic Cables" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

Step 10 If fiber connectors are properly fastened and terminated, complete the "Reset an ActiveTCC2/TCC2P Card and Activate the Standby Card" procedure.

Wait ten minutes to verify that the card you reset completely reboots and becomes the standby card.

Resetting the active TCC2/TCC2P card switches control to the standby TCC2/TCC2P card. If the alarm clears when the ONS 15454 SDH node switches to the standby TCC2/TCC2P card, the user can assume that the previously active card is the cause of the alarm.

Step 11 If the TCC2/TCC2P card reset does not clear the alarm, delete the problematic RS-DCC termination by completing the following steps:

a. From card view, click View > Go to Previous View if you have not already done so.

b. Click the Provisioning > Comm Channels > RS-DCC tabs.

c. Highlight the problematic DCC termination.

d. Click Delete.

e. Click Yes in the Confirmation Dialog box.

Step 12 Recreate the RS-DCC termination. Refer to the "Turn Up Network" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide for procedures.

Step 13 Verify that both ends of the DCC have been recreated at the optical ports.

Step 14 If the alarm has not cleared, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country. If the Technical Support technician tells you to reseat the card, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure. If the Technical Support technician tells you to remove the card and reinstall a new one, follow the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure.

---

2.7.74  EOC-L

The EOC-L alarm is not used in this platform in this release. It is reserved for future development.

2.7.75  EQPT

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Objects: AICI-AEP, AICI-AIE, EQPT

DWDM Logical Object: PPM

An Equipment Failure alarm indicates that a hardware failure has occurred on the reporting card.

If the EQPT alarm occurs with a BKUPMEMP alarm, see the "BKUPMEMP" section. The BKUPMEMP procedure also clears the EQPT alarm.

Clear the EQPT Alarm

---

Step 1 If traffic is active on the alarmed port, you could need to switch traffic away from it. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.

Step 2 Complete the "Reset a Traffic Card in CTC" procedure for the reporting card. For the LED behavior, see the "Typical Traffic Card LED Activity During Reset" section.

Step 3 Verify that the reset is complete and error-free and that no new related alarms appear in CTC. Verify the LED status. A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.

Step 4 If the CTC reset does not clear the alarm, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure for the reporting card.

---

Caution Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 SDH. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.

---

Step 5 If the physical reseat of the card fails to clear the alarm, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure for the reporting card.

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.76  EQPT-DIAG

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

An Equipment-Diagnostic Failure alarm indicates that a software or hardware failure has occurred on the reporting card. This alarm can be raised against a traffic card or a cross-connect card.

Clear the EQPT-DIAG Alarm

---

Step 1 If traffic is active on the alarmed card, you could need to switch traffic away from it. Refer to the "Generic Signal and Circuit Procedures" section for procedures.

Step 2 Complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure for the alarmed card.

---

Caution If the card carries live traffic, reseating it can affect this traffic.

---

Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure if it is raised against a traffic card, or complete the "Physically Replace an In-Service Cross-Connect Card" procedure if the alarm is raised against the cross-connect card.

Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.77  EQPT-MISS

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: FAN

The Replaceable Equipment or Unit Missing alarm is reported against the fan-tray assembly unit. It indicates that the replaceable fan-tray assembly is missing or not fully inserted. It could also indicate that the ribbon cable connecting the alarm interface extension (AIE) to the system board is bad.

Clear the EQPT-MISS Alarm

---

Step 1 If the alarm is reported against the fan, verify that the fan-tray assembly is present.

Step 2 If the fan-tray assembly is present, complete the "Replace the Fan-Tray Assembly" procedure.

---

Caution Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 SDH. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.

---

Step 3 If no fan-tray assembly is present, obtain a fan-tray assembly and install it using the "Install the Fan-Tray Assembly," procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, replace the ribbon cable from the AIE to the system board with a known-good ribbon cable.

Step 5 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.78  ERROR-CONFIG

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

The Error in Startup Configuration alarm applies to the ML-Series Ethernet cards. These cards process startup configuration files line by line. If one or more lines cannot be executed, the error causes the ERROR-CONFIG alarm. ERROR-CONFIG is not caused by hardware failure.

The typical reasons for an errored startup file are:

•The user stored the configuration for one type of ML-Series card in the database and then installed another type in its slot.

•The configuration file contained a syntax error on one of the lines.

---

Note For information about provisioning the ML-Series Ethernet cards from the Cisco IOS interface, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

Clear the ERROR-CONFIG Alarm

---

Step 1 If you have a different type of ML-Series card specified in the startup configuration file than what you have installed, create the correct startup configuration.

Follow the card provisioning instructions in the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

Step 2 Upload the configuration file to the TCC2/TCC2P card by completing the following steps:

a. In node view, right-click the ML-Series card graphic.

b. Choose IOS Startup Config from the shortcut menu.

c. Click Local > TCC and navigate to the file location in the Open dialog box.

Step 3 Complete the "Reset a Traffic Card in CTC" procedure.

Step 4 If the alarm does not clear or if your configuration file was correct according to the installed card, start an Cisco IOS CLI for the card by completing the following steps:

a. Right click the ML-Series card graphic in node view.

b. Choose Open IOS Connection from the shortcut menu.

---

Note Open IOS Connection is not available unless the ML-Series card is physically installed in the shelf.

---

Follow the card provisioning instructions in the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327 to correct the errored configuration file line.

Step 5 Execute the following CLI command:

copy run start

The command copies the new card configuration into the database and clears the alarm.

Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.79  ETH-LINKLOSS

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: NE

The Rear Panel Ethernet Link Removed condition, if enabled in the network defaults, is raised under the following conditions:

•The node.network.general.AlarmMissingBackplane LAN field in NE defaults is enabled.

•The node is configured as a gateway network element (GNE).

•The backplane LAN cable is removed.

Clear the ETH-LINKLOSS Condition

---

Step 1 To clear this alarm, reconnect the backplane cable. Refer to the "Install the Shelf and FMECS" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide for procedures to install this cable.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.80  E-W-MISMATCH

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

A Procedural Error Misconnect East/West Direction alarm occurs when nodes in a ring have an east slot misconnected to another east slot or a west slot misconnected to another west slot. In most cases, the user did not connect the fibers correctly or the ring provisioning plan was flawed. You can physically reconnect the cable to the correct slots to clear the E-W-MISMATCH alarm. Alternately, you can delete and recreate the span in CTC to change the west line and east line designations. The CTC method clears the alarm, but could change the traditional east-west node connection pattern of the ring.

---

Note The E-W-MISMATCH alarm also appears during the initial setup of a ring with its east-west slots and ports configured correctly. In this instance, the alarm clears itself shortly after the ring setup is complete.

---

---

Note The lower-numbered slot on a node is traditionally labeled the west slot. The higher numbered slot is traditionally labeled the east slot. For example, Slot 1 is West and Slot 14 is East.

---

---

Note The physical switch procedure is the recommend method of clearing the E-W-MISMATCH alarm. The physical switch method reestablishes the logical pattern of connection in the ring. However, you can also use CTC to recreate the span and identify the misconnected slots as east and west. The CTC method is useful when the misconnected node is not geographically near the troubleshooter.

---

Clear the E-W-MISMATCH Alarm with a Physical Switch

---

Step 1 Diagram the ring setup, including nodes and spans, on a piece of paper or white board.

Step 2 In node view, click View > Go to Network View.

Step 3 Label each of the nodes on the diagram with the same name that appears on the network map.

Step 4 Right-click each span to display the node name/slot/port for each end of the span.

Step 5 Label the span ends on the diagram with the same information. For example, with Node 1/Slot 12/Port 1—Node 2/Slot 6/Port 1 (2F MS-SPRing STM-16, Ring Name=0), label the end of the span that connects Node 1 and Node 2 at the Node 1 end as Slot 12/Port 1. Label the Node 2 end of that same span Slot 6/ Port 1.

Step 6 Repeat Steps 4 and 5 for each span on your diagram.

Step 7 Label the highest slot at each node east and the lowest slot at each node west.

Step 8 Examine the diagram. You should see a clockwise pattern of west slots connecting to east slots for each span. Refer to the "Install Cards and Fiber-Optic Cable" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide for more information about configuring the system.

Step 9 If any span has an east-to-east or west-to-west connection, physically switching the fiber connectors from the card that does not fit the pattern to the card that continues the pattern should clear the alarm.

Warning On the OC192 LR/STM64 LH 1550 card, the laser is on when the card is booted and the safety key is in the on position (labeled 1). The port does not have to be in service for the laser to be on. The laser is off when the safety key is off (labeled 0). Statement 293

Warning Invisible laser radiation could be emitted from the end of the unterminated fiber cable or connector. Do not stare into the beam directly with optical instruments. Viewing the laser output with certain optical instruments (for example, eye loupes, magnifiers, and microscopes) within a distance of 100 mm could pose an eye hazard. Statement 1056

Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057

Step 10 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

Clear the E-W-MISMATCH Alarm in CTC

---

Step 1 Log into the misconnected node. A misconnected node has both ring fibers connecting it to its neighbor nodes misconnected.

Step 2 Click the Maintenance > MS-SPRing tabs.

Step 3 From the row of information for the fiber span, complete the "Identify an MS-SPRing Ring Name or Node ID Number" procedure to identify the node ID, ring name, and the slot and port in the East Line column and West Line column. Record the above information.

Step 4 Click View > Go to Network View.

Step 5 Delete and recreate the MS-SPRing by completing the following steps:

a. Click the Provisioning > MS-SPRing tabs.

b. Click the row from Step 3 to select it and click Delete.

c. Click Create.

d. Fill in the ring name and node ID from the information collected in Step 3.

e. Click Finish.

Step 6 Display node view and click the Maintenance > MS-SPRing tabs.

Step 7 Change the West Line drop-down list to the slot you recorded for the East Line in Step 3.

Step 8 Change the East Line drop-down list to the slot you recorded for the West Line in Step 3.

Step 9 Click OK.

Step 10 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.81  EXCCOL

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

The Excess Collisions on the LAN alarm indicates that too many collisions are occurring between data packets on the network management LAN, and communications between the ONS 15454 SDH and CTC could be affected. The network management LAN is the data network connecting the workstation running the CTC software to the TCC2/TCC2P card. The problem causing the alarm is external to the ONS 15454 SDH.

Troubleshoot the network management LAN connected to the TCC2/TCC2P card for excess collisions. You might need to contact the system administrator of the network management LAN to accomplish the following steps.

Clear the EXCCOL Alarm

---

Step 1 Verify that the network device port connected to the TCC2/TCC2P card has a flow rate set to 10 Mb, half-duplex.

Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, troubleshoot the network device connected to the TCC2/TCC2P card and the network management LAN.

Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.82  EXERCISE-RING-FAIL

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The Exercise Ring command issues ring protection switching of the requested channel without completing the actual bridge and switch. The EXERCISE-RING-FAIL condition is raised if the command was issued and accepted but the exercise did not take place.

---

Note If the exercise command gets rejected due to the existence of a higher priority condition in the ring, EXERCISE-RING-FAIL is Not Reported (NR).

---

Clear the EXERCISE-RING-FAIL Condition

---

Step 1 Look for and clear, if present, the "LOF (DS1, DS3, E1, E4, STM1E, STMN)" alarm on page 2-136, the "LOS (STM1E, STMN)" alarm on page 2-146, or MS-SPRing alarms.

Step 2 Reissue the Exercise Ring command by completing the following steps:

a. Click the Maintenance > MS-SPRing tabs.

b. Click the row of the affected ring under the West Switch column.

c. Select Exercise Ring in the drop-down list.

Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.83  EXERCISE-SPAN-FAIL

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The Exercise Span command issues span switching of the requested channel without completing the actual bridge and switch. The EXERCISE-SPAN-FAIL alarm is raised if the command was issued and accepted but the exercise did not take place.

---

Note If the exercise command gets rejected due to the existence of a higher priority condition in the span or ring, EXERCISE-SPAN-FAIL is Not Reported (NR).

---

Clear the EXERCISE-SPAN-FAIL Condition

---

Step 1 Look for and clear, if present, the "LOF (DS1, DS3, E1, E4, STM1E, STMN)" alarm on page 2-136, the "LOS (STM1E, STMN)" alarm on page 2-146, or a MS-SPRing alarm.

Step 2 Complete the "Initiate an Exercise Ring Switch on an MS-SPRing" procedure.

Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.84  EXT

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: ENVALRM

An External Facility alarm is detected externally from the node because an environmental alarm is present. For example, an open door or flooding can cause the alarm.

Clear the EXT Alarm

---

Step 1 In node view, double-click the MIC-A/P card to display the card view.

Step 2 Click the Maintenance tab to gather further information about the EXT alarm.

Step 3 Perform your standard operating procedure for this environmental condition.

Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.85  EXTRA-TRAF-PREEMPT

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

An Extra Traffic Preempted alarm occurs on STM-N cards in two-fiber and four-fiber MS-SPRings because low-priority traffic directed to the protect system has been preempted by a working system protection switch.

Clear the EXTRA-TRAF-PREEMPT Alarm

---

Step 1 Verify that the protection switch has occurred by verifying that the Conditions window shows the switch.

Step 2 If a ring switch has occurred, clear the alarm on the working system by following the appropriate alarm procedure in this chapter. For more information about protection switches, refer to the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section.

Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.86  FAILTOSW

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: EQPT, STMN, VCMON-HP

DWDM Logical Objects: 2R, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, TRUNK

The Failure to Switch to Protection Facility condition occurs when a working or protect electrical or optical facility switches to its companion port by using a MANUAL command. For example, if you attempt to manually switch traffic from an unused protect port to an in-service working port, the switch will fail (because traffic is already present on the working port) and you will see the FAILTOSW condition.

Clear the FAILTOSW Condition

---

Step 1 Look up and troubleshoot the higher-priority alarm. Clearing the higher-priority condition frees the card and clears the FAILTOSW.

---

Note A higher-priority alarm is an alarm raised on the working electrical or optical card using the 1:N card protection group. The working electrical or optical card is reporting an alarm but not reporting a FAILTOSW condition.

---

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, replace the working electrical or optical card that is reporting the higher priority alarm by following the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure. This card is the working electrical or optical card using the protect card and not reporting FAILTOSW.

Replacing the working electrical or optical card that is reporting the higher-priority alarm allows traffic to revert to the working slot and the card reporting the FAILTOSW to switch to the protect card.

---

Note Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.87  FAILTOSW-HO

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: VCMON-HP

The High-Order Path Failure to Switch to Protection condition occurs when a high-order path circuit fails to switch to the working or protect electrical circuit using the MANUAL command.

Clear the FAILTOSW-HO Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear the FAILTOSW Condition" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.88  FAILTOSW-LO

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: VCMON-HP

The Low-Order Failure to Switch to Protection condition occurs when a low-order path circuit fails to switch to the working or protect electrical circuit using the MANUAL command.

Clear the FAILTOSW-LO Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear the FAILTOSW Condition" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.89  FAILTOSWR

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The Fail to Switch to Protection Ring condition occurs when a ring switch did not complete because of internal APS problems.

FAILTOSWR clears in any of the following situations:

•A physical card pull of the active TCC2/TCC2P card (done under the supervision of Cisco Technical Support).

•A node power cycle.

•A higher priority event, such as an external switch command.

•The next ring switch succeeds.

•The cause of the APS switch such as the "SD (DS1, DS3, E1, E3, E4, STM1E, STMN)" condition on page 2-191 or the "SF (DS1, DS3, E1, E3, E4, STMN)" condition on page 2-195 clears.

Warning On the OC192 LR/STM64 LH 1550 card, the laser is on when the card is booted and the safety key is in the on position (labeled 1). The port does not have to be in service for the laser to be on. The laser is off when the safety key is off (labeled 0). Statement 293

Warning Invisible laser radiation could be emitted from the end of the unterminated fiber cable or connector. Do not stare into the beam directly with optical instruments. Viewing the laser output with certain optical instruments (for example, eye loupes, magnifiers, and microscopes) within a distance of 100 mm could pose an eye hazard. Statement 1056

Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057

---

Note If a circuit shows a partial state when this alarm is raised, the logical circuit is in place. The circuit is able to carry traffic when the connection issue is resolved. You do not need to delete the circuit when troubleshooting this alarm.

---

Clear the FAILTOSWR Condition on a Four-Fiber MS-SPRing Configuration

---

Step 1 Perform the EXERCISE RING command on the reporting card by completing the following steps:

a. Click the Maintenance > MS-SPRing tabs.

b. Click the row of the affected ring under the West Switch column.

c. Select Exercise Ring in the drop-down list.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, from the view menu, choose Go to Network View.

Step 3 Look for alarms on STM-N cards that make up the ring or span and troubleshoot these alarms.

Step 4 If clearing other alarms does not clear the FAILTOSWR condition, log into the near-end node.

Step 5 Click the Maintenance > MS-SPRing tabs.

Step 6 Record the STM-N cards listed under West Line and East Line. Ensure that these STM-N cards and ports are active and in service by completing the following steps:

a. Verify the LED status: A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.

b. Double-click the card in CTC to display the card view.

c. Click the Provisioning > Line tabs.

d. Verify that the Admin State column lists the port as Unlocked.

e. If the Admin State column lists the port as locked,maintenance or locked,disabled, click the column and choose Unlocked. Click Apply.

Step 7 If the STM-N cards are active and in service, verify fiber continuity to the ports on the recorded cards. To verify fiber continuity, follow site practices.

Step 8 If fiber continuity to the ports is good, use an optical test set to verify that a valid signal exists on the line. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer. Test the line as close to the receiving card as possible.

---

Caution Using an optical test set disrupts service on the STM-N card. It could be necessary to manually switch traffic carrying circuits over to a protection path. Refer to the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used switching procedures.

---

Step 9 If the signal is valid, clean the fiber according to site practice. If no site practice exists, complete the procedure for cleaning optical connectors in the "Maintain the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

Step 10 If cleaning the fiber does not clear the condition, verify that the power level of the optical signal is within the STM-N card receiver specifications. The "Optical Card Transmit and Receive Levels" section lists these specifications.

Step 11 Repeat Steps 7 through 10 for any other ports on the card.

Step 12 If the optical power level for all STM-N cards is within specifications, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure for the protect standby STM-N card.

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 13 If the condition does not clear after you replace the MS-SPRing cards on the node one by one, repeat
Steps 4 through 12 for each of the nodes in the ring.

Step 14 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.90  FAILTOSWS

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The Failure to Switch to Protection Span condition signals an APS span switch failure. For a four-fiber MS-SPRing, a failed span switch initiates a ring switch. If the ring switch occurs, the FAILTOSWS condition does not appear. If the ring switch does not occur, the FAILTOSWS condition appears. FAILTOSWS clears when one of the following situations occurs:

•A physical card pull of the active TCC2/TCC2P card (done under the supervision of Cisco Technical Support).

•A node power cycle.

•A higher priority event such as an external switch command.

•The next span switch succeeds.

•The cause of the APS switch such as the "SD (DS1, DS3, E1, E3, E4, STM1E, STMN)" condition on page 2-191 or the "SF (DS1, DS3, E1, E3, E4, STMN)" condition on page 2-195 clears.

Clear the FAILTOSWS Condition

---

Step 1 Perform the EXERCISE SPAN command on the reporting card by completing the following steps:

a. Click the Maintenance > MS-SPRing tabs.

b. Determine whether the card you would like to exercise is the east card or the west card.

c. Click the row of the affected span under the East Switch or West Switch column.

d. Select Exercise Span in the drop-down list.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, from the view menu, choose Go to Network View.

Step 3 Look for alarms on STM-N cards that make up the ring or span and troubleshoot these alarms.

Step 4 If clearing other alarms does not clear the FAILTOSWS condition, log into the near-end node.

Step 5 Click the Maintenance > MS-SPRing tabs.

Step 6 Record the STM-N cards listed under West Line and East Line. Ensure that these STM-N cards are active and in service by completing the following steps:

a. Verify the LED status: A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.

b. To determine whether the STM-N port is in service, double-click the card in CTC to display the card view.

c. Click the Provisioning > Line tabs.

d. Verify that the Admin State column lists the port as Unlocked.

e. If the Admin State column lists the port as locked,maintenance or locked,disabled, click the column and choose Unlocked. Click Apply.

Step 7 If the STM-N cards are active and in service, verify fiber continuity to the ports on the recorded cards. To verify fiber continuity, follow site practices.

Step 8 If fiber continuity to the ports is good, use an optical test set to verify that a valid signal exists on the line. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer. Test the line as close to the receiving card as possible.

---

Caution Using an optical test set disrupts service on the STM-N card. It could be necessary to manually switch traffic carrying circuits over to a protection path. Refer to the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used switching procedures.

---

Step 9 If the signal is valid, clean the fiber according to site practice. If no site practice exists, complete the procedure for cleaning optical connectors in the "Maintain the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

Step 10 If cleaning the fiber does not clear the condition, verify that the power level of the optical signal is within the STM-N card receiver specifications. The "Optical Card Transmit and Receive Levels" section lists these specifications.

Step 11 Repeat Steps 7 through 10 for any other ports on the card.

Step 12 If the optical power level for all STM-N cards is within specifications, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure for the protect standby STM-N card.

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 13 If the condition does not clear after you replace the MS-SPRing cards on the node one by one, follow
Steps 4 through 12 for each of the nodes in the ring.

Step 14 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.91  FAN

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: FAN

The Fan Failure alarm indicates a problem with the fan-tray assembly. When the fan-tray assembly is not fully functional, the temperature of the ONS 15454 SDH can rise above its normal operating range. The fan-tray assembly contains six fans and needs a minimum of five working fans to properly cool the ONS 15454 SDH. However, even with five working fans, the fan-tray assembly could need replacement because a sixth working fan is required for extra protection against overheating.

Clear the FAN Alarm

---

Step 1 Determine whether the air filter needs replacement. Complete the "Inspect, Clean, and Replace the Reusable Air Filter" procedure.

---

Caution Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 SDH. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.

---

Step 2 If the filter is clean, complete the "Remove and Reinsert a Fan-Tray Assembly" procedure.

---

Note The fan-tray assembly should run immediately when correctly inserted.

---

Step 3 If the fan does not run or the alarm persists, complete the "Replace the Fan-Tray Assembly" procedure.

Step 4 If the replacement fan-tray assembly does not operate correctly, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.92  FC-NO-CREDITS

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: FCMR

DWDM Logical Objects: FC, TRUNK

The Fibre Channel Distance Extension Credit Starvation alarm occurs on storage access networking (SAN) Fibre Channel/Fiber Connectivity (FICON) FC_MR-4 cards when the congestion prevents the generic framing procedure (GFP) transmitter from sending frames to the FC_MR-4 card port. For example, the alarm can be raised when an operator configures a card to autodetect framing credits but the card is not connected to an interoperable FC-SW-standards-based Fibre Channel/FICON port.

FC-NO-CREDITS is raised only if transmission is completely prevented. (If traffic is slowed but still passing, this alarm is not raised.) The alarm is raised in conjunction with the GFP-NO-BUFFERS alarm. For example, if the FC-NO-CREDITS alarm is generated at an FC_MR-4 data port, a GFP-NO-BUFFERS alarm could be raised at the upstream remote FC_MR-4 data port.

Clear the FC-NO-CREDITS Alarm

---

Step 1 If the port is connected to a Fibre Channel/FICON switch, make sure it is configured for interoperation mode. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for this function.

Step 2 If the port is not connected to a switch, turn off Autodetect credits by completing the following steps:

a. Double-click the FC_MR-4 card to display the card view.

b. Click Provisioning > Port > General.

c. Under Admin State, click the cell and choose Locked, maintenance.

d. Click the Provisioning > Port > Distance Extension tabs.

e. Uncheck the Autodetect Credits column check box.

f. Click Apply.

g. Click Provisioning > Port > General.

h. Under Admin State, click the cell and choose Unlocked.

i. Click Apply.

Step 3 Program the credits available value based on the buffers available on the connected equipment by completing the following steps:

---

Note NumCredits must be provisioned to a value smaller than or equal to the receive buffers or credits available on the connected equipment.

---

a. Double-click the FC_MR-4 card to display the card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Port > Distance Extension tabs.

c. Enter a new value in the Credits Available column.

d. Click Apply.

Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free TAC numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.93  FE-AIS

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: E3

The Far-End AIS condition accompanies the "AIS" condition on page 2-31 at the far-end node. An AIS usually occurs in conjunction with a downstream "LOS (STM1E, STMN)" alarm on page 2-146.

Generally, any AIS is a special SDH signal that communicates to the receiving node when the transmit node does not send a valid signal. AIS is not considered an error. It is raised by the receiving node on each input when it detects the AIS instead of a real signal. In most cases when this condition is raised, an upstream node is raising an alarm to indicate a signal failure; all nodes downstream from it only raise some type of AIS. This condition clears when you resolved the problem on the upstream node.

Clear the FE-AIS Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear the AIS Condition" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.94  FEC-MISM

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.95  FE-E1-MULTLOS

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: E3

The Far End Multiple E-1 LOS Detected on an E1-42 card condition occurs when multiple E1 inputs detect signal loss on a far-end E1-42 port at the far-end node.

The prefix FE means the main alarm is occurring at the far-end node and not at the node reporting the FE-E1-MULTLOS condition. Troubleshoot the FE alarm or condition by troubleshooting the main alarm at its source. The secondary alarms or conditions clear when the main alarm clears.

Clear the FE-E1-MULTLOS Condition

---

Step 1 To troubleshoot an FE condition, determine which node and card link directly to the card reporting the FE condition. For example, an FE condition on a card in Slot 12 of Node 1 could relate to a main alarm from a card in Slot 6 of Node 2.

Step 2 Log into the node that links directly to the card reporting the FE condition.

Step 3 Clear the main alarm. Refer to the appropriate alarm section in this chapter for troubleshooting instructions.

Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.96  FE-E1-NSA

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: E3

The Far End E1 Equipment Failure Non-Service-Affecting (NSA) condition occurs when a far-end E-1 equipment failure occurs, but does not affect service because the port is protected and traffic is able to switch to the protect port.

Clear the FE-E1-NSA Condition

---

Step 1 To troubleshoot an FE condition, determine which node and card link directly to the card reporting the FE alarm. For example, an FE-AIS condition from the card in Slot 12 of Node 1 could link to the main AIS condition from a card in Slot 6 of Node 2.

Step 2 Log into the node that links directly to the card reporting the FE condition.

Step 3 Clear the main alarm. Refer to the appropriate alarm section in this chapter for troubleshooting instructions.

Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.97  FE-E1-SA

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: E3

The Far End E-1 Equipment Failure Service-Affecting (SA) condition occurs when a far-end E-1 equipment failure occurs and affects service because traffic is unable to switch to the protect port.

Clear the FE-E1-SA Condition

---

Step 1 To troubleshoot an FE condition, determine which node and card link directly to the card reporting the FE alarm. For example, an FE-AIS condition from the card in Slot 12 of Node 1 could link to the main AIS condition from a card in Slot 6 of Node 2.

Step 2 Log into the node that links directly to the card reporting the FE condition.

Step 3 Clear the main alarm. Refer to the appropriate alarm section in this chapter for troubleshooting instructions.

Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.98  FE-E1-SNGLLOS

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: E3

The Far End Single E-1 LOS on the E-3 condition occurs when one of the E3-12 ports on the far end detects an LOS.

Clear the FE-E1-SNGLLOS Condition

---

Step 1 To troubleshoot an FE condition, determine which node and card link directly to the card reporting the FE condition. For example, an FE condition on a card in Slot 12 of Node 1 could relate to a main alarm from a card in Slot 6 of Node 2.

Step 2 Log into the node that links directly to the card reporting the FE condition.

Step 3 Clear the main alarm. Refer to the appropriate alarm section in this chapter for troubleshooting instructions.

Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.99  FE-E3-NSA

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: E3

The Far End E3 Equipment Failure Non-Service-Affecting (NSA) condition occurs when a far-end E-3 equipment failure occurs, but does not affect service because the port is protected and traffic is able to switch to the protect port.

Clear the FE-E3-NSA Condition

---

Step 1 To troubleshoot an FE condition, determine which node and card link directly to the card reporting the FE alarm. For example, an FE-AIS condition from the card in Slot 12 of Node 1 could link to the main AIS condition from a card in Slot 6 of Node 2.

Step 2 Log into the node that links directly to the card reporting the FE condition.

Step 3 Clear the main alarm. Refer to the appropriate alarm section in this chapter for troubleshooting instructions.

Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.100  FE-E3-SA

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: E3

The Far End E3 Equipment Failure Service Affecting condition occurs when a far-end E-3 equipment failure occurs and affects service because traffic is unable to switch to the protect port.

Clear the FE-E3-SA Condition

---

Step 1 To troubleshoot an FE condition, determine which node and card link directly to the card reporting the FE alarm. For example, an FE-AIS condition from the card in Slot 12 of Node 1 could link to the main AIS condition from a card in Slot 6 of Node 2.

Step 2 Log into the node that links directly to the card reporting the FE condition.

Step 3 Clear the main alarm. Refer to the appropriate alarm section in this chapter for troubleshooting instructions.

Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.101  FE-EQPT-NSA

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: E3

The Far End Common Equipment Failure condition occurs when a Non-Service-Affecting (NSA) equipment failure is detected on a far-end DS1i-N-14, DS3i-N-12, or E-N card.

Clear the FE-EQPT-NSA Condition

---

Step 1 To troubleshoot an FE condition, determine which node and card link directly to the card reporting the FE condition. For example, an FE condition on a card in Slot 12 of Node 1 could relate to a main alarm from a card in Slot 6 of Node 2.

Step 2 Log into the node that links directly to the card reporting the FE condition.

Step 3 Clear the main alarm. Refer to the appropriate alarm section in this chapter for troubleshooting instructions.

Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.102  FE-FRCDWKSWBK-SPAN

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The Far End Forced Switch Back to Working-Span condition is raised on a far-end 1+1 working port when it is Force switched to the working port.

---

Note WKSWBK-type conditions apply only to revertive circuits.

---

Clear the FE-FRCDWKSWBK-SPAN Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear a 1+1 Protection Port Force or Manual Switch Command" procedure for the far-end port.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.103  FE-FRCDWKSWPR-RING

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The Far End Ring Working Facility Forced to Switch to Protection condition occurs from a far-end node when a MS-SPRing is forced from working to protect using the Force Ring command. This condition is only visible on the network view Conditions tab.

Clear the FE-FRCDWKSWPR-RING Condition

---

Step 1 To troubleshoot an FE condition, determine which node and card link directly to the card reporting the FE alarm. For example, an FE-AIS condition from the STM-16 card in Slot 12 of Node 1 could link to the main AIS condition from an STM-16 card in Slot 6 of Node 2.

Step 2 Log into the node that links directly to the card reporting the FE condition.

Step 3 Clear the main alarm.

Step 4 If the FE-FRCDWKSWPR-RING condition does not clear, complete the "Clear an MS-SPRing External Switching Command" procedure.

Step 5 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.104  FE-FRCDWKSWPR-SPAN

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The Far End Working Facility Forced to Switch to Protection Span condition occurs from a far-end node when a span on a four-fiber MS-SPRing is forced from working to protect using the Force Span command. This condition is only visible on the network view Conditions tab. The port where the Force Switch occurred is indicated by an "F" on the network view detailed circuit map. This condition is accompanied by WKSWPR.

Clear the FE-FRCDWKSWPR-SPAN Condition

---

Step 1 To troubleshoot an FE condition, determine which node and card link directly to the card reporting the FE alarm. For example, an FE-AIS condition from the STM-16 card in Slot 12 of Node 1 could link to the main AIS condition from an STM-16 card in Slot 6 of Node 2.

Step 2 Log into the node that links directly to the card reporting the FE condition.

Step 3 Clear the main alarm.

Step 4 If the FE-FRCDWKSWPR-SPAN condition does not clear, complete the "Clear an MS-SPRing External Switching Command" procedure.

Step 5 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.105  FE-IDLE

The FE-IDLE condition is not used in this platform in this release. It is reserved for future development.

2.7.106  FE-LOCKOUTOFPR-SPAN

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The Far-End Lock Out of Protection Span condition occurs when an MS-SPRing span is locked out of the protection system from a far-end node using the Lockout Protect Span command. This condition is only seen on the network view Conditions tab and is accompanied by LKOUTPR-S. The port where the lockout originated is marked by an "L" on the network view detailed circuit map.

Clear the FE-LOCKOUTOFPR-SPAN Condition

---

Step 1 To troubleshoot an FE condition, determine which node and card link directly to the card reporting the FE alarm. For example, an FE-AIS condition from the STM-16 card in Slot 12 of Node 1 could link to the main AIS condition from an STM-16 card in Slot 6 of Node 2.

Step 2 Log into the node that links directly to the card reporting the FE condition.

Step 3 Ensure there is no lockout set. Complete the "Clear an MS-SPRing External Switching Command" procedure.

Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.107  FE-LOF

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: E3

The Far End LOF condition occurs when a far-end node reports a DS-1 LOF on a DS1i-N-14 card, a DS-3 LOF on a DS3i-N-12 card, or an LOF on an E-N card.

Clear the FE-LOF Condition

---

Step 1 To troubleshoot an FE condition, determine which node and card link directly to the card reporting the FE condition. For example, an FE condition on a card in Slot 12 of Node 1 could relate to a main alarm from a card in Slot 6 of Node 2.

Step 2 Log into the node that links directly to the card reporting the FE condition.

Step 3 Complete the "2.7.172  LOF (TRUNK)" procedure. The procedure also applies to FE-LOF.

Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.108  FE-LOS

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: E3

The Far End LOS condition occurs when a far-end node reports a DS-1 LOF on a DS1i-N-14 card, a DS-3 LOS on a DS3i-N-12 card, or an E-N LOS.

Clear the FE-LOS Condition

---

Step 1 To troubleshoot the FE condition, determine which node and card is linked directly to the card reporting the FE condition. For example, an FE condition on a card in Slot 12 of Node 1 could relate to a main alarm from a card in Slot 6 of Node 2.

Step 2 Log into the node that is linked directly to the card reporting the FE condition.

Step 3 Complete the "Clear the LOS (STM1E, STMN) Alarm" procedure.

Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.109  FE-MANWKSWBK-SPAN

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The Far End Manual Switch Back to Working—Span condition occurs when a far-end span is Manual switches back to working.

---

Note WKSWBK-type conditions apply only to nonrevertive circuits.

---

Clear the FE-MANWKSWBK-SPAN Condition

---

Step 1 To troubleshoot the FE condition, determine which node and card is linked directly to the card reporting the FE condition. For example, an FE condition on a card in Slot 12 of Node 1 could relate to a main alarm from a card in Slot 6 of Node 2.

Step 2 Log into the node that is linked directly to the card reporting the FE condition.

Step 3 Complete the "Clear an MS-SPRing External Switching Command" procedure.

Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.110  FE-MANWKSWPR-RING

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The Far End Ring Manual Switch of Working Facility to Protect condition occurs when an MS-SPRing working ring is switched from working to protect at a far-end node using the Manual Ring command.

Clear the FE-MANWKSWPR-RING Condition

---

Step 1 To troubleshoot an FE condition, determine which node and card link directly to the card reporting the FE alarm. For example, an FE condition on a card in Slot 12 of Node 1 could link to the main condition from a card in Slot 6 of Node 2.

Step 2 Log into the node that links directly to the card reporting the FE condition.

Step 3 Complete the "Clear an MS-SPRing External Switching Command" procedure.

Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.111  FE-MANWKSWPR-SPAN

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The Far-End Span Manual Switch Working Facility to Protect condition occurs when a four-fiber MS-SPRing span is switched from working to protect at the far-end node using the Manual Span command. This condition is only visible on the network view Conditions tab and is accompanied by WKSWPR. The port where the Manual Switch occurred is indicated by an "M" on the network view detailed circuit map.

Clear the FE-MANWKSWPR-SPAN Condition

---

Step 1 To troubleshoot an FE condition, determine which node and card link directly to the card reporting the FE alarm. For example, an FE condition on a card in Slot 12 of Node 1 could link to the main condition from a card in Slot 6 of Node 2.

Step 2 Log into the node that links directly to the card reporting the FE condition.

Step 3 Complete the "Clear an MS-SPRing External Switching Command" alarm on page 2-237.

Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.112  FEPRLF

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The Far-End Protection Line Failure alarm occurs when there was an APS channel SF (DS1, DS3, E1, E3, E4, STMN) condition on the protect card coming into the node.

---

Note The FEPRLF alarm occurs on the ONS 15454 SDH only when bidirectional protection is used on optical (traffic) cards in a 1+1 protection group configuration.

---

Clear the FEPRLF Alarm on an MS-SPRing

---

Step 1 To troubleshoot the FE alarm, determine which node and card is linked directly to the card reporting the FE alarm. For example, an FE alarm or condition on a card in Slot 16 of Node 1 could relate to a main alarm from a card in Slot 16 in Node 2.

Step 2 Log into the node that is linked directly to the card reporting the FE alarm.

Step 3 Clear the main alarm. Refer to the appropriate alarm section in this chapter for procedures.

Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.113  FIBERTEMP-DEG

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.114  FORCED-REQ

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: EQPT, VCMON-HP, VCMON-LP

The Force Switch Request on Facility or Port condition occurs when you enter the Force command on a port to force traffic from a working port to a protect port or protection span (or from a protect port to a working port or span). You do not need to clear the condition if you want the Force switch to remain.

Clear the FORCED-REQ Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear a 1+1 Protection Port Force or Manual Switch Command" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.115  FORCED-REQ-RING

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The Force Switch Request Ring condition applies to optical trunk cards when the Force Ring command is applied to MS-SPRings to move traffic from working to protect. This condition is visible on the network view Alarms, Conditions, and History tabs and is accompanied by WKSWPR. The port where the FORCE RING command originated is marked with an "F" on the network view detailed circuit map.

Clear the FORCED-REQ-RING Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear an MS-SPRing External Switching Command" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.116  FORCED-REQ-SPAN

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

DWDM Logical Objects: 2R, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, TRUNK

The Force Switch Request Span condition applies to optical trunk cards in two-fiber or four-fiber MS-SPRings when the Force Span command is applied to a MS-SPRing SPAN to force traffic from working to protect or from protect to working. This condition appears on the network view Alarms, Conditions, and History tabs. The port where the FORCE SPAN command was applied is marked with an "F" on the network view detailed circuit map.

This condition can also be raised in 1+1 facility protection groups. If traffic is present on a working port and you use the FORCE command to prevent it from switching to the protect port (indicated by "FORCED TO WORKING"), FORCED-REQ-SPAN indicates this force switch. In this case, the force is affecting both the facility and the span.

Clear the FORCED-REQ-SPAN Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear an MS-SPRing External Switching Command" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.117  FRCDSWTOINT

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: NE-SREF

The Force Switch to Internal Timing condition occurs when the user issues a FORCE command to switch to an internal timing source.

---

Note FRCDSWTOINT is an informational condition. The condition does not require troubleshooting.

---

2.7.118  FRCDSWTOPRI

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: EXT-SREF, NE-SREF

The Force Switch to Primary Timing Source condition occurs when the user issues a FORCE command to switch to the primary timing source.

---

Note FRCDSWTOPRI is an informational condition. The condition does not require troubleshooting.

---

2.7.119  FRCDSWTOSEC

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: EXT-SREF, NE-SREF

The Force Switch to Second Timing Source condition occurs when the user issues a FORCE command to switch to the second timing source.

---

Note FRCDSWTOSEC is an informational condition. The condition does not require troubleshooting.

---

2.7.120  FRCDSWTOTHIRD

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: EXT-SREF, NE-SREF

The Force Switch to Third Timing Source condition occurs when the user issues a FORCE command to switch to a third timing source.

---

Note FRCDSWTOTHIRD is an informational condition. The condition does not require troubleshooting.

---

2.7.121  FRNGSYNC

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: NE-SREF

The Free Running Synchronization Mode condition occurs when the reporting ONS 15454 SDH is in free-run synchronization mode. External timing sources have been disabled and the node is using its internal clock, or the ONS 15454 SDH has lost its designated BITS timing source. After the 24-hour holdover period expires, timing slips could begin to occur on an ONS 15454 SDH relying on an internal clock.

---

Note If the ONS 15454 SDH is configured to operate from its internal clock, disregard the FRNGSYNC condition.

---

Clear the FRNGSYNC Condition

---

Step 1 If the ONS 15454 SDH is configured to operate from an external timing source, verify that the BITS timing source is valid. Common problems with a BITS timing source include reversed wiring and bad timing cards. Refer to the "Timing" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Reference Manual for more information about it.

Step 2 If the BITS source is valid, clear alarms related to the failures of the primary and secondary reference sources, such as the "SYNCPRI" alarm on page 2-212 and the "SYSBOOT" alarm on page 2-214.

Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.122  FSTSYNC

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: NE-SREF

A Fast Start Synchronization Mode condition occurs when the ONS 15454 SDH is choosing a new timing reference. The previous timing reference has failed.

The FSTSYNC condition disappears after approximately 30 seconds. If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

Note FSTSYNC is an informational condition. The condition does not require troubleshooting.

---

2.7.123  FULLPASSTHR-BI

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The Bidirectional Full Pass-Through Active condition occurs on a nonswitching node for an MS-SPRing when the protect channels on the node are active and carrying traffic and there is a change in the receive K byte from No Request.

Clear the FULLPASSTHR-BI Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear an MS-SPRing External Switching Command" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.124  GAIN-HDEG

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.125  GAIN-HFAIL

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.126  GAIN-LDEG

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.127  GAIN-LFAIL

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.128  GCC-EOC

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.129  GE-OOSYNC

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.130  GFP-CSF

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Objects: CE100T, FCMR, GFP-FAC, ML100T, ML1000, MLFX

The GFP Client Signal Fail Detected alarm is a secondary alarm raised on local GFP data ports when a remote Service-Affecting (SA) alarm causes invalid data transmission. The alarm is raised locally on FC_MR-4, ML-Series Ethernet, MXP_MR_2.5G, MXPP_MR_2.5G GFP data ports and does not indicate that a Service-Affecting (SA) failure is occurring at the local site, but that a CARLOSS, LOS, or SYNCLOSS alarm caused by an event such as a pulled receive cable is affecting a remote data ports's transmission capability. This alarm can be demoted when a facility loopback is placed on the FC_MR-4 port.

---

Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

Clear the GFP-CSF Alarm

---

Step 1 Clear the Service-Affecting (SA) alarm at the remote data port.

Step 2 If the GFP-CSF alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.131  GFP-DE-MISMATCH

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Objects: FCMR, GFP-FAC

The GFP Fibre Channel Distance Extension (DE) Mismatch alarm indicates that a port configured for distance extension is connected to a port not operating in Cisco's proprietary Distance Extension mode. It is raised on Fibre Channel and FICON card GFP ports supporting distance extension. The alarm occurs when distance extension is enabled on one side of the transport but not on the other. To clear, distance extension must be enabled on both ports connected by a circuit.

---

Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

Clear the GFP-DE-MISMATCH Alarm

---

Step 1 Ensure that the distance extension protocol is configured correctly on both sides by completing the following steps:

a. Double-click the card to display the card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Port > General tabs.

c. Under Admin State, click the cell and choose Locked, maintenance.

d. Click Apply.

e. Click the Provisioning > Port > Distance Extension tabs.

f. Check the check box in the Enable Distance Extension column.

g. Click Apply.

h. Click the Provisioning > Port > General tabs.

i. Under Admin State, click the cell and choose Unlocked.

j. Click Apply.

Step 2 If the GFP-DE-MISMATCH alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.132  GFP-EX-MISMATCH

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Objects: FCMR, GFP-FAC

The GFP Extension Header Mismatch alarm is raised on Fibre Channel/FICON cards when it receives frames with an extension header that is not null. The alarm occurs when a provisioning error causes all GFP frames to be dropped for 2.5 seconds.

The user needs to ensure both end ports are sending null extension headers for a GFP frame. An FC_MR-4 card always sends a null extension header, so if the equipment is connected to other vendors' equipment, those need to be provisioned appropriately.

---

Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

Clear the GFP-EX-MISMATCH Alarm

---

Step 1 Ensure that the vendor equipment is provisioned to send a null extension header in order to interoperate with the FC_MR-4 card. (The FC_MR-4 card always sends a null extension header.)

Step 2 If the GFP-EX-MISMATCH alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.133  GFP-LFD

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Objects: CE100T, FCMR, GFP-FAC, ML100T, ML1000, MLFX

The GFP Loss of Frame Delineation alarm applies to Fibre Channel, FICON GFP, and Ethernet ports. This alarm occurs if there is a bad SDH connection, if SDH path errors cause GFP header errors in the check sum calculated over payload length (PLI/cHEC) combination, or if the GFP source port sends an invalid PLI/cHEC combination. The loss is service-affecting.

---

Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

Clear the GFP-LFD Alarm

---

Step 1 Look for and clear any associated SDH path errors such as LOS originating at the transmit node.

Step 2 If the GFP-LFD alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.134  GFP-NO-BUFFERS

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Objects: FCMR, GFP-FAC

The GFP Fibre Channel Distance Extension Buffer Starvation alarm is raised on Fibre Channel/FICON card ports supporting GFP and the distance extension protocol when the GFP transmitter cannot send GFP frames due to lack of remote GFP receiver buffers. This occurs when the remote GFP-T receiver experiences congestion and is unable to send frames over the Fibre Channel/FICON link.

This alarm could be raised in conjunction with the FC-NO-CREDITS alarm. For example, if the FC-NO-CREDITS alarm is generated at an FC_MR-4 data port, a GFP-NO-BUFFERS alarm could be raised at the upstream remote FC_MR-4 data port.

---

Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

Clear the GFP-NO-BUFFERS Alarm

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear the FC-NO-CREDITS Alarm" procedure.

Step 2 If the GFP-CSF alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.135  GFP-UP-MISMATCH

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Objects: CE100T, FCMR, GFP-FAC, ML100T, ML1000, MLFX

The GFP User Payload Mismatch is raised against Fibre Channel/FICON ports supporting GFP. It occurs when the received frame user payload identifier (UPI) does not match the transmitted UPI and all frames are dropped. The alarm is caused by a provisioning error, such as the port media type not matching the remote port media type. For example, the local port media type could be set to Fibre Channel—1 Gbps ISL or Fibre Channel—2 Gbps ISL and the remote port media type could be set to FICON—1 Gbps ISL or FICON—2 Gbps ISL.

---

Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

Clear the GFP-UP-MISMATCH Alarm

---

Step 1 Ensure that the transmit port and receive port are identically provisioned for distance extension by completing the following steps:

a. Double-click the card to display the card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Port > Distance Extension tabs.

c. Check the check box in the Enable Distance Extension column.

d. Click Apply.

Step 2 Ensure that both ports are set for the correct media type. For each port, complete the following steps:

a. Double-click the card to display the card view (if you are not already in card view).

b. Click the Provisioning > Port> General tabs.

c. Choose the correct media type (Fibre Channel - 1Gbps ISL, Fibre Channel - 2 Gbps ISL, FICON - 1 Gbps ISL, or FICON - 2 Gbps ISL) from the drop-down list.

d. Click Apply.

Step 3 If the GFP-UP-MISMATCH alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.136  HELLO

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) Hello alarm is raised when the two end nodes cannot bring an OSPF neighbor up to the full state. Typically this problem is caused by an area ID mismatch, and/or OSPF HELLO packet loss over the DCC.

Clear the HELLO Alarm

---

Step 1 Ensure that the area ID is correct on the missing neighbor by completing the following steps:

a. In node view, click the Provisioning > Network > OSPF tabs.

b. Ensure that the IP address in the Area ID column matches the other nodes.

c. If the address does not match, click the incorrect cell and correct it.

d. Click Apply.

Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.137  HI-LASERBIAS

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: EQPT, STMN

DWDM Logical Objects: 2R, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, PPM, TRUNK

The Equipment High Transmit Laser Bias Current alarm is raised against TXP, MXP, MRC-12, and OC192-XFP/STM64-XFP card laser performance. The alarm indicates that the card laser has reached the maximum laser bias tolerance.

The laser bias ratio typically starts at about 30 percent of the manufacturer's maximum laser bias specification and increases as the laser ages. If the HI-LASERBIAS alarm threshold is set at 100 percent of the maximum, the laser can no longer be used. If the threshold is set at 90 percent of the maximum, the card is still usable for several weeks or months before it needs to be replaced.

---

Note For more information about provisioning MXP or TXP PPMs, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide. For more information about the cards themselves, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter.

---

Clear the HI-LASERBIAS Alarm

---

Step 1 Complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure during a maintenance window. (Replacement is not urgent.)

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.138  HI-LASERTEMP

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA) for 2R, EQPT, FC, GE, ISC, STMN; Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA) for PPM

SDH Logical Objects: EQPT, STMN

SDH Logical Object: PPM

The Equipment High Laser Optical Transceiver Temperature alarm applies to TXP, MXP, MRC-12, and OC192-XFP/STM64-XFP cards. HI-LASERTEMP occurs when the internally measured transceiver temperature exceeds the card setting by 35.6 degrees F (2 degrees C). A laser temperature change affects the transmitted wavelength.

When the card raises this alarm, the laser is automatically shut off. The "LOS (STM1E, STMN)" alarm on page 2-146 is raised at the far-end node and the "DSP-FAIL" alarm on page 2-74 is raised at the near end.

---

Note For more information about provisioning MXP or TXP PPMs, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide. For more information about the cards themselves, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter.

---

Clear the HI-LASERTEMP Alarm

---

Step 1 In node view, double-click the card to display the card view.

Step 2 Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

Step 3 Verify the card laser temperature levels. Maximum, minimum, and average laser temperatures are shown in the Current column entries in the Laser Temp rows.

Step 4 Complete the "Reset a Traffic Card in CTC" procedure for the reporting card.

Step 5 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure for the reporting card.

Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.139  HI-RXPOWER

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

DWDM Logical Objects: 2R, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, TRUNK

The Equipment High Receive Power alarm is an indicator of the optical signal power that is transmitted to the TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, or MXP_2.5G_10G card. HI-RXPOWER occurs when the measured optical power of the received signal exceeds the threshold. The threshold value is user-provisionable.

---

Note For more information about MXP or TXP cards, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide.

---

---

Note When you upgrade a node to Software Release 6.0 or later, this enables received optical power PMs for the STM1-8, STM64-SR, STM64-IR, STM64-ITU, STM64-XFP, MRC-12, and MRC25G-4 cards. The newly enabled HI-RXPOWER and LO-RXPOWER alarms require that you initialize a site-accepted optical power (OPR0) nominal value after the upgrade. (To do this, refer to the procedure in the "Turn Up a Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.) When you apply the value change, CTC uses the new OPR0 value to calculate PM percentage values. If you do not change the nominal value, the HI-RXPOWER or LO-RXPOWER may be raised in response to the unmodified setting.

---

Clear the HI-RXPOWER Alarm

---

Step 1 Find out whether the gain (the amplification power) of any amplifiers has been changed. The change also causes channel power to need adjustment.

Step 2 Find out whether channels have been dropped from the fiber. Increasing or decreasing channels can affect power. If channels have been dropped, the power levels of all channels have to be adjusted.

---

Note If the card is part of an amplified DWDM system, dropping channels on the fiber affects the transmission power of each channel more than it would in an unamplified system.

---

Step 3 At the transmit end of the errored circuit, decrease the transmit power level within safe limits.

Step 4 If neither of these problems caused the HI-RXPOWER alarm, there is a slight possibility that another wavelength is drifting on top of the alarmed signal. In this case, the receiver gets signals from two transmitters at once and data alarms would be present. If wavelengths are drifting, the data is garbled and receive power increases by about +3 dBm.

Step 5 If the alarm does not clear, add fiber attenuators to the receive ports. Start with low-resistance attenuators and use stronger ones as needed, depending on factors such as the transmission distance according to standard practice.

Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, and no faults are present on the other ports of the transmit or receive card, use a known-good loopback cable to complete the "1.5.1  Perform a Facility (Line) Loopback on a Source-Node MXP/TXP/FC_MR-4 Port" procedure and test the loopback.

Step 7 If a port is bad and you need to use all the port bandwidth, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure. If the port is bad but you can move the traffic to another port, replace the card at the next available maintenance window.

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 8 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.140  HITEMP

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA) for NE; Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA) for EQPT

SDH Logical Objects: EQPT, NE

The High Temperature alarm occurs when the temperature of the ONS 15454 SDH is above 50 degrees C (122 degrees F).

Clear the HITEMP Alarm

---

Step 1 View the temperature displayed on the ONS 15454 SDH LCD front panel. For an illustration of the LCD panel, see Figure 2-1.

Step 2 Verify that the environmental temperature of the room is not abnormally high.

Step 3 If the room temperature is not abnormal, physically ensure that nothing prevents the fan-tray assembly from passing air through the ONS 15454 SDH.

Step 4 If airflow is not blocked, physically ensure that blank faceplates fill the ONS 15454 SDH empty slots. Blank faceplates help airflow.

---

Caution Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 SDH. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.

---

Step 5 If faceplates fill the empty slots, determine whether the air filter needs replacement. Complete the "Inspect, Clean, and Replace the Reusable Air Filter" procedure.

Step 6 If the filter is clean, complete the "Remove and Reinsert a Fan-Tray Assembly" procedure.

---

Note The fan-tray assembly should run immediately when correctly inserted.

---

Step 7 If the fan does not run or the alarm persists, complete the "Replace the Fan-Tray Assembly" procedure.

Step 8 If the replacement fan-tray assembly does not operate correctly, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information. If the alarm does not clear, log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.141  HI-TXPOWER

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: EQPT, STMN

DWDM Logical Objects: 2R, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, PPM, TRUNK

The Equipment High Transmit Power alarm is an indicator on TXP, MXP, MRC-12, and OC192-XFP/STM64-XFP card transmitted optical signal power. HI-TXPOWER occurs when the measured optical power of the transmitted signal exceeds the threshold.

---

Note For more information about provisioning MXP or TXP PPMs, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide. For more information about the cards themselves, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter.

---

Clear the HI-TXPOWER Alarm

---

Step 1 In node view, display the card view for the reporting card.

Step 2 Click the Provisioning > Optics Thresholds tabs Provisioning > Optics Thresholds > Current Values tabs as appropriate.

Step 3 Decrease (change toward the negative direction) the OPT-HIGH column value by 0.5 dBm.

Step 4 If the card transmit power setting cannot be lowered without disrupting the signal, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure.

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 5 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.142  HLDOVRSYNC

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: NE-SREF

The Holdover Synchronization Mode condition is caused by loss of the primary and second timing references in the node. Timing reference loss occurs when line coding on the timing input is different from the configuration on the node, and it often occurs during the selection of a new node reference clock. The condition clears when primary or second timing is reestablished. After the 24-hour holdover period expires, timing slips could begin to occur on an ONS 15454 SDH relying on an internal clock.

Clear the HLDOVRSYNC Alarm

---

Step 1 Clear additional events that relate to timing, such as:

•FRNGSYNC

•FSTSYNC

•HLDOVRSYNC

•LOF (DS1, DS3, E1, E4, STM1E, STMN)

•LOS (STM1E, STMN)

•MANSWTOINT

•MANSWTOPRI

•MANSWTOSEC

•MANSWTOTHIRD

•SYSBOOT

•SWTOSEC

•SWTOTHIRD

•SYNC-FREQ

•SYNCPRI

•SYSBOOT

Step 2 Reestablish primary and secondary timing sources according to local site practice. If none exists, refer to the "Change Node Settings" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide for procedures.

Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.143  HP-ENCAP-MISMATCH

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: VCTRM-HP

The High-Order Path Encapsulation C2 Byte Mismatch alarm applies to ML-Series Ethernet cards. It occurs when the first three following conditions are met and one of the last two is false:

•The received C2 byte is not 0x00 (unequipped).

•The received C2 byte is not a PDI value.

•The received C2 does not match the expected C2.

•The expected C2 byte is not 0x01 (equipped unspecified).

•The received C2 byte is not 0x01 (equipped unspecified).

(This is in contrast to LP-PLM, which must meet all five criteria.) For an HP-ENCAP-MISMATCH to be raised, there is a mismatch between the received and expected C2 byte, with either the expected byte or received byte value being 0x01.

An example situation that would raise an HP-ENCAP-MISMATCH alarm is if a circuit created between two ML-Series cards has GFP framing provisioned on one end and high-level data link control (HDLC) framing with LEX encapsulation provisioned on the other. The GFP framing card transmits and expects a C2 byte of 0x1B, while the HDLC framing card transmits and expects a C2 byte of 0x01.

A mismatch between the transmit and receive cards on any of the following parameters can cause the alarm:

•Mode (HDLC, GFP-F)

•Encapsulation (LEX, HDLC, PPP)

•CRC size (16 or 32)

•Scrambling state (on or off)

This alarm is demoted by a path label mismatch (PLM) such as LP-PLM.

---

Note By default, an HP-ENCAP-MISMATCH alarm causes an ML-Series card data link to go down. This behavior can be modified using the command-line interface (CLI) command no pos trigger defect encap.

---

---

Note For more information about the ML-Series Ethernet card, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

Clear the HP-ENCAP-MISMATCH Alarm

---

Step 1 Ensure that the correct framing mode is in use on the receiving card by completing the following steps:

a. In node view, double-click the ML-Series card to display the card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Card tabs.

c. In the Mode drop-down list, ensure that the correct mode (GFP-F or HDLC) is selected. If it is not, choose it and click Apply.

Step 2 Ensure that the correct framing mode is in use on the transmit card, and that it is identical to the framing mode used on the receiving card by completing the following steps:

a. In node view, double-click the ML-Series card to display the card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Card tabs.

c. In the Mode drop-down list, ensure that the same mode (GFP-F or HDLC) is selected. If it is not, choose it and click Apply.

Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, use the ML-Series card CLI to ensure that the remaining settings are correctly configured:

•Encapsulation

•CRC size

•Scrambling state

To open the interface, click the card view IOS tab and click Open IOS Connection. Refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327 entries on all three of these topics to obtain the full configuration command sequences.

Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.144  HP-RFI

Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: VCMON-HP

The High-Order Remote Failure Indication (RFI) condition indicates that there is a remote failure indication in the high-order (VC-4 or VC-3) path, and that the failure has persisted beyond the maximum time allotted for transmission system protection. The HP-RFI is sent as the protection switch is initiated. Resolving the fault in the adjoining node clears the HP-RFI condition in the reporting node.

Clear the HP-RFI Condition

---

Step 1 Log into the node at the far end of the reporting ONS 15454 SDH.

Step 2 Determine whether there are any related alarms, especially the "LOS (STM1E, STMN)" alarm on page 2-146.

Step 3 Clear the main alarm. See the appropriate alarm section in this chapter for procedures.

Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.145  HP-TIM

Default Severities: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA) for VCTRM-HP; Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA) for VCMON-HP

SDH Logical Objects: VCMON-HP, VCTRM-HP

The TIM High-Order TIM Failure alarm indicates that the trace identifier J1 byte of the high-order (VC-4 or VC-3) overhead is faulty. HP-TIM occurs when there is a mismatch between the transmitted and received J1 identifier byte in the SDH path overhead. The error can originate at the transmit end or the receive end.

Clear the HP-TIM Alarm

---

Step 1 Use an optical test set capable of viewing SDH path overhead to determine the validity of the J1 byte. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer. Examine the signal as near to the reporting card as possible.

•Examine the signal as close as possible to the output card.

Step 2 If the output card signal is valid, complete the "Clear the SYNCPRI Alarm" procedure.

Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country. If the alarm applies to VCTRM-HP, it is a service-affecting problem.

---

2.7.146  HP-UNEQ

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical ObjectS: VCMON-HP, VCTRM-HP

The signal label mismatch fault (SLMF) Unequipped High-Order Path alarm applies to the C2 path signal label byte in the high-order (VC-4) path overhead. HP-UNEQ occurs when no C2 byte is received in the SDH path overhead.

Clear the HP-UNEQ Alarm

---

Step 1 From the View menu, choose Go to Network View.

Step 2 Right-click the alarm to display the Select Affected Circuits shortcut menu.

Step 3 Click Select Affected Circuits.

Step 4 When the affected circuits appear, look in the Type column for a virtual circuit (VC).

Step 5 If the Type column does not contain a VC, there are no VCs. Go to Step 7.

Step 6 If the Type column does contain a VC, attempt to delete these row(s) by completing the following steps:

---

Note The node does not allow you to delete a valid VC.

---

a. Click the VC row to highlight it. Complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure.

b. If an error message dialog box appears, the VC is valid and not the cause of the alarm.

c. If any other rows contain VT, repeat Steps a through b.

Step 7 If all ONS nodes in the ring appear in the CTC network view, verify that the circuits are all complete by completing the following steps:

a. Click the Circuits tab.

b. Verify that INCOMPLETE is not listed in the Status column of any circuits.

Step 8 If you find circuits listed as incomplete, verify that these circuits are not working circuits that continue to pass traffic, using an appropriate optical test set and site-specific procedures. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.

Step 9 If the incomplete circuits are not needed or are not passing traffic, delete the incomplete circuits.

Complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure.

Step 10 Recreate the circuit with the correct circuit size. Refer to the "Create Circuits and Tunnels" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide for circuit procedures.

Step 11 Log back in and verify that all circuits terminating in the reporting card are active by completing the following steps:

a. Click the Circuits tab.

b. Verify that the Status column lists all circuits as active.

Step 12 If the alarm does not clear, clean the far-end optical fiber according to site practice. If no site practice exists, complete the procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

Warning On the OC192 LR/STM64 LH 1550 card, the laser is on when the card is booted and the safety key is in the on position (labeled 1). The port does not have to be in service for the laser to be on. The laser is off when the safety key is off (labeled 0). Statement 293

Warning Invisible laser radiation could be emitted from the end of the unterminated fiber cable or connector. Do not stare into the beam directly with optical instruments. Viewing the laser output with certain optical instruments (for example, eye loupes, magnifiers, and microscopes) within a distance of 100 mm could pose an eye hazard. Statement 1056

Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057

Step 13 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure for the optical and/or electrical cards.

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. Refer to the "Maintain the Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide for information.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 14 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.147  I-HITEMP

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: NE

The Industrial High Temperature alarm occurs when the temperature of the ONS 15454 SDH is above 149 degrees F (65 degrees C) or below -40 degrees F (-40 degrees C). This alarm is similar to the HITEMP alarm but is used for the industrial environment. If this alarm is used, you can customize your alarm profile to ignore the lower-temperature HITEMP alarm.

Clear the I-HITEMP Alarm

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear the HITEMP Alarm" procedure.

Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.148  IMPROPRMVL

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA) for active card

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

DWDM Logical Object: PPM

The Improper Removal equipment (IMPROPRMVL) alarm occurs under the following conditions:

•A card is removed when the card was rebooting. It is recommended that after the card completely reboots, delete the card in CTC and only then remove the card physically. When you delete the card, CTC loses connection with the node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), and goes to network view.

•When a card is physically removed from its slot before it is deleted from CTC. It is recommended that any card be deleted in CTC before physically removing the card from the chassis.

---

Note CTC provides the user approximately 15 seconds to physically remove the card before it begins rebooting the card.
It can take up to 30 minutes for software to be updated on a standby TCC2/TCC2P card.

---

•A card is inserted into a slot but is not fully plugged into the backplane.

•A PPM (SFP) is provisioned but the physical module is not inserted into the port.

•Electrical issues such as short circuit or failure of DC-DC conversion.

---

Note When a MIC-A/P card is removed from the shelf, no IMPROPRMVL alarm is reported for that card. The FMEC to the left side of the MIC-A/P also could also disappear from view in CTC. This functions as designed. The MIC-A/P card provides a communication channel to the other FMEC. When the MIC card is removed, the communication channel is no longer available and consequently, the other FMEC is assumed not to be present. The disappeared FMEC is rediscovered when the MIC-A/P is reinserted.

---

Clear the IMPROPRMVL Alarm

---

Step 1 In node view, right-click the card reporting the IMPROPRMVL.

Step 2 Choose Delete from the shortcut menu.

---

Note CTC does not allow you to delete the reporting card if the card is in service, does have circuits mapped to it, is paired in a working protection scheme, has DCC enabled, or is used as a timing reference.

---

Step 3 If any ports on the card are in service, lock them (Locked, maintenance) by completing the following steps:

---

Caution Before locking a port (locked,maintenance or locked,disabled), ensure that no live traffic is present.

---

a. In node view, double-click the reporting card to display the card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Line tab or the Provisioning > Line > SDH tab as appropriate to the reporting card.

c. Click the Admin State column of any Unlocked ports.

d. Choose Locked, maintenance to take the ports out of service.

Step 4 If a circuit has been mapped to the card, complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure.

---

Caution Before deleting the circuit, ensure that the circuit does not carry live traffic.

---

Step 5 If the card is paired in a protection scheme, delete the protection group by completing the following steps:

a. Click View > Go to Previous View to return to node view.

b. If you are already in node view, click the Provisioning > Protection tabs.

c. Click the protection group of the reporting card.

d. Click Delete.

Step 6 If the card is provisioned for DCC, delete the DCC provisioning by completing the following steps:

a. Click the ONS 15454 SDH Provisioning > Comm Channels > RS-DCC tabs.

b. Click the slots and ports listed in DCC terminations.

c. Click Delete and click Yes in the dialog box that appears to delete all of the selected terminations.

Step 7 If the card is used as a timing reference, change the timing reference by completing the following steps:

a. Click the Provisioning > Timing > General tabs.

b. Under NE Reference, click the drop-down list for Ref-1.

c. Change Ref-1 from the listed STM-N card to Internal Clock.

d. Click Apply.

Step 8 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.149  INC-ISD

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: DS3, E3

The DS-3 Idle condition indicates that the DS3i-N-12 card is receiving an idle signal, meaning that the payload of the signal contains a repeating pattern of bits. The INC-ISD condition occurs when the transmitting port has a Locked, maintenance Admin State. It is resolved when the Locked, maintenance state ends.

---

Note INC-ISD is an informational condition. The condition does not require troubleshooting.

---

2.7.150  INHSWPR

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

The Inhibit Switch To Protect Request on Equipment condition occurs on traffic cards when the ability to switch to protect has been disabled. If the card is part of a 1:1 or 1+1 protection scheme, traffic remains locked onto the working system. If the card is part of a 1:N protection scheme, traffic can be switched between working cards when the switch to protect is disabled.

Clear the INHSWPR Condition

---

Step 1 If the condition is raised against a 1+1 port, complete the "Initiate a 1+1 Protection Port Manual Switch Command" procedure.

Step 2 If it is raised against a 1:1 card, complete the "Initiate a 1:1 Card Switch Command" procedure to switch it back.

Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.151  INHSWWKG

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

The Inhibit Switch To Working Request on Equipment condition occurs on traffic cards when the ability to switch to working has been disabled. If the card is part of a 1:1 or 1+1 protection scheme, traffic remains locked onto the protect system. If the card is part of a 1:N protection scheme, traffic can be switched between protect cards when the switch to working is disabled.

---

Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

Clear the INHSWWKG Condition

---

Step 1 If the condition is raised against a 1+1 port, complete the "Initiate a 1+1 Protection Port Manual Switch Command" procedure.

Step 2 If it is raised against a 1:1 card, complete the "Initiate a 1:1 Card Switch Command" procedure to switch it back.

Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.152  INTRUSION-PSWD

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: NE

The Security Intrusion Incorrect Password condition occurs after a user attempts a provisionable (by Superuser) number of unsuccessful logins, a login with an expired password, or an invalid password. The alarmed user is locked out of the system, and INTRUSION-PSWD condition is raised. This condition is only shown in Superuser login sessions, not in login sessions for lower-level users. The INTRUSION-PSWD condition is automatically cleared when a provisionable lockout timeout expires, or it can be manually cleared in CTC by the Superuser if lockout is permanent.

Clear the INTRUSION-PSWD Condition

---

Step 1 Click the Provisioning > Security > Users tabs.

Step 2 Click Clear Security Intrusion Alarm.

Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.153  INVMACADR

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: BPLANE

The Equipment Failure Invalid MAC Layer address alarm occurs when the ONS 15454 SDH MAC address is invalid. The MAC address is permanently assigned to the ONS 15454 SDH chassis during manufacture. Do not attempt to troubleshoot an INVMACADR alarm. Log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

2.7.154  IOSCFGCOPY

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

The Cisco IOS Configuration Copy in Progress condition occurs on ML-Series Ethernet cards when a Cisco IOS startup configuration file is being uploaded to or downloaded from an ML-Series card. (This condition is very similar to the SFTWDOWN condition but it applies to ML-Series Ethernet cards rather than to the TCC2/TCC2P card.)

The condition clears after the copy operation is complete. (If it does not complete correctly, the NO-CONFIG condition could be raised.)

---

Note IOSCFGCOPY is an informational condition.

---

---

Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

2.7.155  ISIS-ADJ-FAIL

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The Open System Interconnection (OSI) Intermediate System to Intermediate-System (IS-IS) Adjacency Failure alarm is raised by an intermediate system (node routing IS Level 1 or Level 1 and 2) when no IS or end system (ES) adjacency is established on a point-to-point subnet. The Intermediate-System Adjacency Failure alarm is not supported by ES. It is also not raised by IS for disabled routers.

The alarm is typically caused by a misconfigured router manual area adjacency (MAA) address. For more information about IS-IS OSI routing and MAA configuration, refer to the "Management Network Connectivity" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Reference Manual. For more information about configuring OSI, refer to the "Turn Up Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide for procedures.

Clear the ISIS-ADJ-FAIL Alarm

---

Step 1 Ensure that both ends of the communication channel are using the correct Layer 2 protocol and settings (LAPD or PPP). To do this, complete the following steps:

a. At the local node, in node view, click the Provisioning > Comm Channels >MSDCC tabs.

b. Click the row of the circuit. Click Edit.

c. In the Edit MSDCC termination dialog box, view and record the following selections: Layer 2 protocol (LAPD or PPP); Mode radio button selection (AITS or UITS); Role radio button selection (Network or User); MTU value; T200 value, and T203 selections.

d. Click Cancel.

e. Log in to the remote node and follow the same steps, also recording the same information for this node.

Step 2 If both nodes do not use the same Layer 2 settings, you will have to delete the incorrect termination and recreate it. To delete it, click the termination and click Delete. To recreate it, refer to the "Turn Up Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide for the procedure.

Step 3 If the nodes use PPP Layer 2, complete the "Clear the EOC Alarm" procedure. If the alarm does not clear, go to Step 7.

Step 4 If both nodes use the LAPD Layer 2 protocol but have different Mode settings, change the incorrect node's entry by clicking the correct setting radio button in the Edit MSDCC termination dialog box and clicking OK.

Step 5 If the Layer 2 protocol and Mode settings are correct, ensure that one node is using the Network role and the other has the User role. If not (that is, if both have the same mode settings), correct the incorrect one by clicking the correct radio button in the Edit MSDCC termination dialog box and clicking OK.

Step 6 If the Layer 2, Mode, and Role settings are correct, compare the MTU settings for each node. If one is incorrect, choose the correct value in the Edit MSDCC dialog box and click OK.

Step 7 If all of the preceding settings are correct, ensure that OSI routers are enabled for the communications channels at both ends by completing the following steps:

a. Click Provisioning > OSI > Routers > Setup.

b. View the router entry under the Status column. If the status is Enabled, check the other end.

c. If the Status is Disabled, click the router entry and click Edit.

d. Check the Enabled check box and click OK.

Step 8 If the routers on both ends are enabled and the alarm still has not cleared, ensure that both ends of the communications channel have a common MAA by completing the following steps:

a. Click the Provisioning > OSI > Routers > Setup tabs.

b. Record the primary MAA and secondary MAAs, if configured.

---

Tip You can record long strings of information such as the MAA address by using the CTC export and print functions. Export it by choosing File > Export > html. Print it by choosing File > Print.

---

c. Log into the other node and record the primary MAA and secondary MAAs, if configured.

d. Compare this information. There should be at least one common primary or secondary MAA in order to establish an adjacency.

e. If there is no common MAA, one must be added to establish an adjacency. Refer to the "Turn Up Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide for procedures to do this.

Step 9 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.156  KB-PASSTHR

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The K Bytes Pass Through Active condition occurs on a nonswitching node in an MS-SPRing when the protect channels on the node are not active and the node is in K Byte pass-through state.

Clear the KB-PASSTHR Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear an MS-SPRing External Switching Command" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.157  KBYTE-APS-CHANNEL-FAILURE

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The APS Channel Failure alarm is raised when a span is provisioned for different APS channels on each side. For example, the alarm is raised if K3 is selected on one end and F1, E2, or Z2 is selected on the other end.

This alarm is also raised during checksum. Failure occurs if the K1 and K2 bytes are overwritten by test equipment. It is not raised in bidirectional full pass-through or K byte pass-through states. The alarm is overridden by MS-AIS, "LOF (DS1, DS3, E1, E4, STM1E, STMN)" alarm on page 2-136, "LOS (STM1E, STMN)" alarm on page 2-146, or SFBER-EXCEED-HO alarms.

Clear the KBYTE-APS-CHANNEL-FAILURE Alarm

---

Step 1 The alarm is most frequently raised due to mismatched span provisioning. In this case, reprovision one side of the span to match the parameters of the other side. To do this, refer to the "Turn Up Network" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide for procedures.

Step 2 If the error is not caused by misprovisioning, it is due to checksum errors within an STM-N, cross-connect, or TCC2/TCC2P card. In this case, complete the "Side Switch the Active and Standby Cross-Connect Cards" procedure to allow CTC to resolve the issue.

Step 3 If third-party equipment is involved, ensure that it is configured for the same APS channel as the Cisco ONS equipment.

Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.158  LAN-POL-REV

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: NE

The LAN Connection Polarity Reversed condition is not raised in shelves that contain TCC2 cards. It is raised during software upgrade when the card detects that a connected Ethernet cable has reversed receive wire pairs. The card automatically compensates for this reversal, but LAN-POL-REV stays active.

---

Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

Clear the LAN-POL-REV Condition

---

Step 1 Replace the connected Ethernet cable with a cable that has the correct pinout. For correct pin mapping, refer to the "Maintain the Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.159  LASER-APR

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.160  LASERBIAS-DEG

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.161  LASERBIAS-FAIL

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.162  LASERTEMP-DEG

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.163  LCAS-CRC

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: VCTRM-HP, VCTRM-LP

The Link Capacity Adjustment Scheme (LCAS) Control Word CRC Failure condition is raised against ML-Series Ethernet cards and CE-series cards. It occurs when there is an equipment, path, or provisioning error on the virtual concatenation group (VCG) that causes consecutive 2.5 second CRC failures in the LCAS control word.

The condition can occur if an LCAS-enabled node (containing ML-Series cards) transmitting to another LCAS-enabled node delivers faulty traffic due to an equipment or SDH path failure. Transmission errors would also be reflected in CV-P, ES-P, or SES-P performance monitoring statistics. If these errors do not exist, an equipment failure is indicated.

If LCAS is not supported on the peer node, the condition does not clear.

LCAS-CRC can also occur if the VCG source node is not LCAS-enabled, but the receiving node does have the capability enabled. Both source and destination nodes must have LCAS enabled. Otherwise, the LCAS-CRC condition persists on the VCG.

---

Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

Clear the LCAS-CRC Condition

---

Step 1 Look for and clear any associated equipment failures, such as the EQPT alarm, on the receive node or transmit node.

Step 2 Look for and clear any bit error rate alarms at the transmit node.

Step 3 If no equipment or SDH path errors exist, ensure that the remote node has LCAS enabled on the circuit:

Step 4 In node view, click the Circuits tab.

Step 5 Choose the VCAT circuit and click Edit.

Step 6 In the Edit Circuit window, click the General tab.

Step 7 Verify that the Mode column says LCAS.

Step 8 If the column does not say LCAS, complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure and recreate it in LCAS mode using the instructions in the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

Step 9 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.164  LCAS-RX-FAIL

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: VCTRM-HP, VCTRM-LP

The LCAS VCG Member Receive-Side-In Fail condition is raised against CE-series cards, FC_MR-4 cards, and ML-Series Ethernet cards with LCAS-enabled VCG.

LCAS VCGs treat failures unidirectionally, meaning that failures of the transmit or receive points occur independently of each other. The LCAS-RX-FAIL condition can occur on the receive side of an LCAS VCG member for the following reasons:

•SDH path failure (a unidirectional failure as seen by the receive side).

•VCAT member is set out of group at the transmit side, but is set in group at the receive side.

•VCAT member does not exist at the transmit side but does exist and is in group at the receive side.

The condition can be raised during provisioning operations on LCAS VCGs but should clear when the provisioning is completed.

Software-enabled LCAS VCGs treat failure bidirectionally, meaning that both directions of a VCG member are considered failed if either transmit or receive fails. The LCAS-RX-FAIL condition is raised on these VCG members when a member receive side fails due to a SDH path failure.

---

Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

---

Note ML-Series cards are LCAS-enabled. ML-Series and FC-MR-4 cards are SW-LCAS enabled.

---

Clear the LCAS-RX-FAIL Condition

---

Step 1 Check for and clear any line or path alarms.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.165  LCAS-TX-ADD

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: VCTRM-HP, VCTRM-LP

The LCAS VCG Member Transmit-Side-In Add State condition is raised against ML-Series Ethernet cards and CE-series cards when the transmit side of an LCAS VCG member is in the add state. The condition clears after provisioning is completed. The condition clears after provisioning is completed.

---

Note LCAS-TX-ADD is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.

---

---

Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

2.7.166  LCAS-TX-DNU

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: VCTRM-HP, VCTRM-LP

The LCAS VCG Member Transmit Side In Do Not Use condition is raised on FC_MR-4 cards, ML-Series Ethernet cards, and CE-series cards when the transmit side of an LCAS VCG member is in the do-not use state. For a unidirectional failure, this condition is only raised at the source node. The LCAS-TX-DNU condition is raised when the cable is unplugged.

The node reporting this condition likely reports an HP-RFI alarm, and the remote node likely reports a path alarm such as MS-AIS or "HP-UNEQ" alarm on page 2-121.

---

Note LCAS-TX-DNU is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.

---

---

Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

2.7.167  LKOUTPR-S

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The Lockout of Protection Span condition occurs when span traffic is locked out of a protect span using the Lockout of Protect command. This condition is visible on the Alarms, Conditions, and History tabs in network view after the lockout has occurred and accompanies the FE-LOCKOUTPR-SPAN condition. The port where the lockout originated is marked by an "L" on the network view detailed circuit map.

Clear the LKOUTPR-S Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear an MS-SPRing External Switching Command" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.168  LOA

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: VCG

The Loss of Alignment on a VCG is a VCAT member alarm. (VCAT member circuits are independent circuits that are concatenated from different time slots into a higher-rate signal.) The alarm occurs when members of a VCG travel over different paths in the network (due to initial operator provisioning or to protection or restoration events) and the differential delays between the paths cannot be recovered by terminating hardware buffers.

---

Note This alarm occurs only if you provision circuits outside of CTC, such as by using TL1.

---

Clear the LOA Alarm

---

Step 1 In network view, click the Circuits tab.

Step 2 Click the alarmed VCG and then click Edit.

Step 3 In the Edit Circuit dialog box, view the source and destination circuit slots, ports, and VC4s.

Step 4 Identify whether the circuit travels across different fibers. If it does, complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure.

Step 5 Recreate the circuit using the procedure in the "Create Circuits and Tunnels" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.169  LOCKOUT-REQ

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: EQPT, STMN, VCMON-HP, VCMON-LP

DWDM Logical Objects: 2R, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, TRUNK

The Lockout Switch Request on Facility or Equipment condition occurs when a user initiates a lockout switch request for an STM-N port in a 1+1 facility protection group. This can be accomplished by locking traffic onto the working port with the LOCK ON command (thus locking it off the protect port), or locking it off the protect port with the LOCK OUT command. In either case, the protect port will show "Lockout of Protection," and the Conditions window will show the LOCKOUT-REQ condition.

A lockout prevents protection switching. Clearing the lockout again allows protection switching and clears the LOCKOUT-REQ condition.

Clear the LOCKOUT-REQ Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear a Card or Port Lock On or Lock Out Command" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.170  LOF (BITS)

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: BITS

The Loss of Frame (LOF) BITS alarm occurs when a port on the TCC2/TCC2P card BITS input detects an LOF on the incoming BITS timing reference signal. LOF indicates that the receiving ONS 15454 SDH has lost frame delineation in the incoming data.

---

Note The procedure assumes that the BITS timing reference signal is functioning properly and that the alarm is not appearing during node turn-up.

---

Clear the LOF (BITS) Alarm

---

Step 1 Verify that the line framing and line coding match between the BITS input and the TCC2/TCC2P card by completing the following steps:

a. In node view or card view, note the slot and port reporting the alarm.

b. Find the coding and framing formats of the external BITS timing source. The formats should be in the user documentation for the external BITS timing source or on the timing source itself.

c. Click the Provisioning > Timing > BITS Facilities tabs to display the General Timing window.

d. Verify that the value listed in Coding matches the coding of the BITS timing source (either B8ZS or AMI).

e. If the coding does not match, click the BITS-1 or BITS2 Coding field and choose the appropriate coding from the drop-down list.

f. Verify that the value listed in the Framing field matches the framing of the BITS timing source (either ESF or SF).

g. If the framing does not match, click the BITS-1 or BITS-2 Framing field and choose the appropriate framing from the drop-down list.

---

Note On the timing subtab, the binary 8-zero substitution (B8ZS) coding field is normally paired with Extended Superframe (ESF) in the Framing field and the alternate mark inversion (AMI) coding field is normally paired with SF (D4) in the Framing field.

---

Step 2 If the alarm does not clear when the line framing and line coding match between the BITS input and the TCC2/TCC2P card, replace the TCC2/TCC2P card by using the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure.

---

Caution Always use the supplied ESD wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 SDH. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.171  LOF (DS1, DS3, E1, E4, STM1E, STMN)

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA) for DS3, E4, STMN, STM1E; Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA) for DS1, E1

SDH Logical Objects: DS1, DS3, E1, E4, STM1E, STMN

An LOF alarm on a DS1i-N-14, DS3i-N-12, E1-N-14, or E1-42 card for these objects means that the receiving ONS 15454 SDH has lost frame delineation in the incoming data. LOF occurs when the SDH overhead loses a valid framing pattern for three seconds. Receiving two consecutive valid patterns clears the alarm.

Clear the LOF (DS1, DS3, E1, E4, STM1E, STMN) Alarm

---

Step 1 Verify that the line framing and line coding match between the port and the signal source by completing the following steps:

a. In CTC, note the slot and port reporting the alarm.

b. Find the coding and framing formats of the signal source for the card reporting the alarm. You could need to contact your network administrator for the format information.

c. Display the card view of the reporting card.

d. Click the Provisioning > Line tabs.

e. Verify that the line type of the reporting port matches the line type of the signal source.

f. If the signal source line type does not match the reporting port, click Line Type and choose the appropriate type from the drop-down list.

g. Verify that the reporting Line Coding matches the signal source's line type.

h. If the signal source line coding does not match the reporting port, click Line Coding and choose the appropriate type from the drop-down list.

i. Click Apply.

Step 2 If the alarm does not clear when the coding and framing of the ONS 15454 SDH match the coding and framing of the signal source, replace the card.

---

Caution Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 SDH. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.

---

---

Note When replacing a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to change the CTC database.

---

Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.172  LOF (TRUNK)

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.173  LO-LASERBIAS

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: EQPT, STMN

DWDM Logical Objects: PPM

The Equipment Low Transmit Laser Bias Current alarm is raised against the TXP, MXP, MRC-12, and OC192-XFP/STM64-XFP card laser performance. The alarm indicates that the card laser has reached the minimum laser bias tolerance.

If the LO-LASERBIAS alarm threshold is set at 0 percent (the default), the laser's usability has ended. If the threshold is set at 5 percent to 10 percent, the card is still usable for several weeks or months before you need to replace it.

---

Note For more information about provisioning MXP or TXP PPMs, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide. For more information about the cards themselves, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter.

---

Clear the LO-LASERBIAS Alarm

---

Step 1 Complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure.

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. Consult the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide for procedures.

---

Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.174  LO-LASERTEMP

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: EQPT, STMN

DWDM Logical Object: PPM

The Equipment Low Laser Optical Transceiver Temperature alarm applies to the TXP, MXP, MRC-12, and OC192-XFP/STM64-XFP cards. HI-LASERTEMP occurs when the internally measured transceiver temperature falls below the card setting by 35.6 degrees F (2 degrees C). A laser temperature change affects the transmitted wavelength. (Two degrees temperature is equivalent to about 200 picometers in the wavelength.)

When the card raises this alarm, the laser is automatically shut off. The "LOS (STM1E, STMN)" alarm on page 2-146 is raised at the far-end node and the "DSP-FAIL" alarm on page 2-74 is raised at the near end. To verify the card laser temperature level, double-click the card in node view and click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs or the Performance > Optics PM tabs as appropriate to the reporting card. Maximum, minimum, and average laser temperatures are shown in the Current column entries in the Laser Temp rows.

---

Note For more information about provisioning MXP or TXP PPMs, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Chapters" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide. For more information about the cards themselves, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter.

---

Clear the LO-LASERTEMP Alarm

---

Step 1 Complete the "Reset a Traffic Card in CTC" procedure for the reporting MXP or TXP card.

Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure for the reporting card.

Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.175  LOM

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA) for TRUNK, VCMON-HP; Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA) for VCTRM-HP, VCTRM-LP

SDH Logical Objects: VCMON-HP, VCTRM-HP, VCTRM-LP

DWDM Logical Object: TRUNK

The optical transport unit (OTU) Loss of Multiframe is a VCAT member alarm. (VCAT member circuits are independent circuits that are concatenated from different time slots into a higher-rate signal.) The alarm applies to MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, or TXPP_MR_2.5G cards when the Multi Frame Alignment Signal (MFAS) overhead field is errored for more than five frames and persists for more than three ms.

---

Note For more information about MXP or TXP cards, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide.

---

Clear the LOM Alarm

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear the SD (DS3, E1, E3, E4, STM1E, STM-N) Condition" procedure.

Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.176  LO-RXPOWER

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

DWDM Logical Objects: 2R, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, TRUNK

The Equipment Low Receive Power alarm is an indicator for TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, and MXP_2.5G_10G card received optical signal power. LO-RXPOWER occurs when the measured optical power of the received signal falls below the threshold value, which is user-provisionable.

---

Note For more information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide.

---

---

Note When you upgrade a node to Software Release 6.0 or later, this enables received optical power PMs for the STM1-8, STM64-SR, STM64-IR, STM64-ITU, STM64-XFP, MRC-12, and MRC25G-4 cards. The newly enabled HI-RXPOWER and LO-RXPOWER alarms require that you initialize a site-accepted optical power (OPR0) nominal value after the upgrade. (To do this, refer to the procedure in the "Turn Up a Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.) When you apply the value change, CTC uses the new OPR0 value to calculate PM percentage values. If you do not change the nominal value, the HI-RXPOWER or LO-RXPOWER may be raised in response to the unmodified setting.

---

Clear the LO-RXPOWER Alarm

---

Step 1 At the transmit end of the errored circuit, increase the transmit power level within safe limits.

Step 2 Find out whether new channels have been added to the fiber. Up to 32 channels can be transmitted on the same fiber, but the number of channels affects power. If channels have been added, the power levels of all channels need to be adjusted.

---

Note If the card is part of an amplified DWDM system, adding channels on the fiber affects the transmission power of each channel more than it would in an unamplified system.

---

Step 3 Find out whether the gain (amplification power) of any amplifiers has been changed. Changing amplification also causes channel power to need adjustment.

Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, remove any receive fiber attenuators or replace them with lower-resistance attenuators.

Step 5 If the alarm does not clear, inspect and clean the receive and transmit node fiber connections according to site practice. If no site practice exists, complete the procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, ensure that the fiber is not broken or damaged by testing it with an optical test set. If no test set is available, use the fiber for a facility (line) loopback on a known-good port. The error reading you get is not as precise, but you generally know whether the fiber is faulty. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.

Step 7 If the alarm does not clear, and no faults are present on the other ports of the transmit or receive card, do a facility loopback on the transmit and receive ports with known-good loopback cable. Complete the Create the Facility (Line) Loopback on the Source Optical Port and test the loopback.

Step 8 If a port is bad and you need to use all the port bandwidth, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure. If the port is bad but you can move the traffic to another port, replace the card at the next available maintenance window.

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 9 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.177  LOS (2R)

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.178  LOS (BITS)

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: BITS

The LOS (BITS) alarm indicates that the TCC2/TCC2P card has an LOS from the BITS timing source. An LOS (BITS) occurs when an SDH receiver detects an all-zero pattern for 10 microseconds or longer. An LOS (BITS) means the BITS clock or the connection to it failed.

Clear the LOS (BITS) Alarm

---

Step 1 Verify the wiring connection from the BITS pins on the MIC-C/T/P to the timing source.

---

Caution Always use the supplied ESD wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 SDH. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.

---

Step 2 If wiring is good, verify that the BITS clock is operating properly.

Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.179  LOS (DS1, DS3)

Default Severities: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA) for DS3; Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA) for DS1

SDH Logical Objects: DS1, DS3

A LOS (DS3) alarm for a DS1i_N-14 or DS3i-N-12 port occurs when the port on the card is in service but no signal is being received. The cabling might not be correctly connected to the card, or no signal exists on the line.

Clear the LOS (DS1, DS3) Alarm

---

Step 1 Verify that the fiber cable is properly connected and attached to the correct port. For more information about fiber connections and terminations, refer to the "Install Cards and Fiber-Optic Cables" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

---

Caution Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 SDH. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.

---

Step 2 Consult site records to determine whether the port raising the alarm has been assigned.

Step 3 If the port is not currently assigned, place the port out of service using the following steps:

a. Double-click the card to display the card view.

b. Click the Maintenance > Loopback tabs.

c. Under Admin State, click locked,disabled.

d. Click Apply.

Step 4 If the port is assigned, verify that the correct port is in service by completing the following steps:

a. To confirm this physically, confirm that the LED is correctly illuminated on the physical card.

A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.

b. To determine this virtually, double-click the card in CTC to display the card view and complete the following substeps:

•Click the Provisioning > Line tabs.

•Verify that the Admin State column lists the port as Unlocked.

•If the Admin State column lists the port as locked,maintenance or locked,disabled, click the column and choose Unlocked. Click Apply.

Step 5 Use a test set to confirm that a valid signal exists on the line. Test the line as close to the receiving card as possible. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.

Step 6 Ensure that the transmit and receive outputs from the DSx panel to your equipment are properly connected. For more information about fiber connections and terminations, refer to the "Install Cards and Fiber-Optic Cable" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

Step 7 If there is a valid signal, replace the electrical connector on the ONS 15454 SDH.

Step 8 If a valid signal is not present and the transmitting device is operational, replace the fiber cable connecting the transmitting device to the port. To do this, refer to the "Install Cards and Fiber-Optic Cable" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide for procedures.

Step 9 Repeat Steps 1 to 8 for any other port on the card that reports the LOS.

Step 10 If no other alarms are present that could be the source of the LOS (DS-1 or DS-3), or if clearing an alarm did not clear the LOS, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure for the reporting card.

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 11 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.180  LOS (E1, E3, E4)

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA) for E3, E4; Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA) for E1

SDH Logical Objects: E1, E3, E4

LOS on an EC-N port occurs when a SDH receiver detects an all-zero pattern for 10 microseconds or longer. An LOS (EC-N) means that the upstream transmitter has failed. If an EC-N LOS alarm is not accompanied by additional alarms, a cabling problem is usually the cause of the alarm. The condition clears when two consecutive valid frames are received.

---

Note If a circuit shows a partial status when this alarm is raised, the logical circuit is in place. The circuit is able to carry traffic when the connection issue is resolved. You do not need to delete the circuit when troubleshooting this alarm.

---

Clear the LOS (E1, E3, E4) Alarm

---

Step 1 Verify cabling continuity to the port reporting the alarm. To verify cable continuity, follow site practices.

---

Caution Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 SDH. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.

---

Step 2 If the cabling is good, verify that the correct port is in service by completing the following steps:

a. Confirm that the LED is correctly lit on the physical card.

A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.

b. To determine whether the port is in service, double-click the card in CTC to display the card view.

c. Click the Provisioning > Line tabs.

d. Verify that the Admin State column lists the port as Unlocked.

e. If the Admin State column lists the port as locked,maintenance or locked,disabled, click the column and choose Unlocked. Click Apply.

Step 3 If the correct port is in service, use an optical test set to confirm that a valid signal exists on the line. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer. Test the line as close to the receiving card as possible.

Step 4 If the signal is valid, ensure that the transmit and receive outputs from the electrical panel to your equipment are properly connected. For more information about fiber connections and terminations, refer to the "Install Cards and Fiber-Optic Cables" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

Step 5 If a valid signal exists, replace the cable connector on the ONS 15454 SDH.

Step 6 Repeat Steps 1 through 5 for any other port on the card that reports the LOS (EC-N).

Step 7 If the alarm does not clear, look for and troubleshoot any other alarm that could identify the source of the problem.

Step 8 If no other alarms exist that could be the source of the LOS (EC-N), or if clearing an alarm did not clear the LOS, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure for the reporting card.

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 9 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.181  LOS (ESCON)

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.182  LOS (FUDC)

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: FUDC

The LOS (FUDC) alarm is raised if there is a UDC circuit created on the AIC-I DCC port but the port is not receiving signal input. The downstream node has an AIS condition raised against AIC-I DCC port transmitting the UDC.

Clear the LOS (FUDC) Alarm

---

Step 1 Verify cable continuity to the AIC-I UDC port. To verify cable continuity, follow site practices.

Step 2 Verify that there is a valid input signal using a test set. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.

Step 3 If there is a valid signal, clean the fiber according to site practice. If no site practice exists, complete the procedure for cleaning optical connectors in the "Maintain the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, verify that the UDC is provisioned by completing the following steps:

a. At the network view, click the Provisioning > Overhead Circuits tabs.

b. If no UDC circuit exists, create one. Refer to the "Create Circuits and Tunnels" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide for procedures.

c. If a user data circuit exists (shown as User Data F1 under the Type column), check the source and destination ports. These must be located on AIC-I cards to function.

Step 5 If the alarm does not clear, look for and troubleshoot any other alarm that could identify the source of the problem.

Step 6 If no other alarms exist that could be the source of the LOS (FUDC), or if clearing another alarm did not clear the LOS, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure for the reporting card.

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 7 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.183  LOS (ISC)

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.184  LOS (MSUDC)

The LOS (MSUDC) alarm is not supported in this release. It is reserved for future development.

2.7.185  LOS (OTS)

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.186  LOS (STM1E, STMN)

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Objects: STM1E, STMN

A LOS alarm for an STM1E or STM-N port occurs when the port on the card is in service but no signal is being received. The cabling might not be correctly connected to the card, or no signal exists on the line. Possible causes for no signal on the line include upstream equipment failure.

---

Note If a circuit shows an incomplete state when this alarm is raised, the logical circuit is in place. The circuit is able to carry traffic when the connection issue is resolved. You do not need to delete the circuit when troubleshooting this alarm.

---

---

Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

Clear the LOS (STM1E, STMN) Alarm

---

Step 1 Verify that the fiber cable is properly connected and attached to the correct port. For more information about fiber connections and terminations, refer to the "Install Cards and Fiber-Optic Cables" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

---

Caution Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 SDH. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.

---

If an optical time-division multiplexing (TDM) signal such as an STM-1 or STM-4 is plugged into an E1000-2-G or G1000-4 card GBIC connector, this can trigger an LOS.

Step 2 Consult site records to determine whether the port raising the alarm has been assigned.

Step 3 If the port is assigned, verify that the correct port is in service by completing the following steps:

a. To confirm this physically, confirm that the card shows a green LED on the physical card.

A green LED indicates an active card. An amber LED indicates a standby card.

b. To determine this virtually, double-click the card in CTC to display the card view and complete the following substeps:

•Click the Provisioning > Line tabs.

•Verify that the Admin State column lists the port as Unlocked.

c. If the Admin State column lists the port as locked,maintenance or locked,disabled, click the column and choose Unlocked.

d. Click Apply.

Step 4 Check the incoming optical power through CTC (if available) or with an optical power meter to ensure that it at the correct level as determined by Cisco MetroPlanner.

Step 5 Use a test set to confirm that a valid signal exists on the line. Test the line as close to the receiving card as possible. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.

Step 6 Ensure that the transmit and receive outputs from the electrical panel to your equipment are properly connected. For more information about fiber connections and terminations, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

Step 7 If there is a valid signal, replace the electrical connector on the ONS 15454 SDH.

Step 8 If a valid signal is not present and the transmitting device is operational, replace the cable connecting the transmitting device to the port. To do this, refer to the "Install Hardware" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

Step 9 Repeat Steps 1 to 8 for any other port on the card that reports the LOS.

Step 10 If no other alarms are present that could be the source of the LOS, or if clearing an alarm did not clear the LOS, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure for the reporting card.

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 11 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.187  LOS (TRUNK)

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.188  LOS-O

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.189  LOS-P

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.190  LO-TXPOWER

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: EQPT, STMN

DWDM Logical Objects: 2R, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, PPM, TRUNK

The Equipment Low Transmit Power alarm is an indicator for TXP, MXP, MRC-12, and OC192-XFP/STM64-XFP card transmitted optical signal power. LO-TXPOWER occurs when the measured optical power of the transmitted signal falls under the threshold. The threshold value is user-provisionable.

---

Note For more information about provisioning MXP or TXP PPMs, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide. For more information about the cards themselves, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter.

---

Clear the LO-TXPOWER Alarm

---

Step 1 Display the reporting card view.

Step 2 Click the Provisioning > Optics Thresholds > Current Values tabs or the Provisioning > Optics Thresholds tabs as appropriate to the reporting card.

Step 3 Increase the TX Power Low column value by 0.5 dBm.

Step 4 If the card transmit power setting cannot be increased without affecting the signal, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure.

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 5 If no ports are shown bad and the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.191  LPBKCRS

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: VCMON-HP, VCTRM-HP

The Loopback Cross-Connect condition indicates that there is a software cross-connect loopback active between an optical card and an STM-64 card. A cross-connect loopback test occurs below line speed and does not affect traffic.

For more information on loopbacks, see the "Troubleshooting Electrical Circuit Paths With Loopbacks" section.

---

Note Cross-connect loopbacks occur below line speed. They do not affect traffic.

---

Clear the LPBKCRS Condition

---

Step 1 To remove the loopback cross-connect condition, double-click the optical card in CTC to display the card view.

Step 2 Complete the "Clear an STM-N Card XC Loopback Circuit" procedure.

Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.192  LPBKDS1FEAC-CMD

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: DS1

The DS-1 Loopback Command Sent To Far End condition occurs on the near-end node when you send a DS-1 FEAC loopback.

---

Note LPBKDS1FEAC-CMD is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.

---

---

Caution CTC permits loopbacks to be performed on an unlocked circuit. Loopbacks are Service-Affecting (SA).

---

2.7.193  LPBKDS3FEAC

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: DS3

A Loopback Due to FEAC Command DS-3 condition occurs when a DS3i-N-12 port loopback signal is received from the far-end node because of an FEAC command. An FEAC command is often used with loopbacks. LPBKDS3FEAC is only reported by DS3i-N-12 cards. A DS3i-N-12 card generates and reports FEAC alarms or conditions.

---

Caution CTC permits loopbacks on an unlocked circuit. Loopbacks are Service-Affecting (SA).

---

---

Note LPBKDS3FEAC is an informational condition. It does not require troubleshooting.

---

Clear the LPBKDS3FEAC Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear a Non-STM Card Facility or Terminal Loopback Circuit" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.194  LPBKDS3FEAC-CMD

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: DS3, E3

The DS-3 Loopback Command Sent To Far End condition occurs on the near-end node when you send a DS-3 FEAC loopback to a DS3i-N-12 card. For more information about FEAC loopbacks, see the "Troubleshooting Electrical Circuit Paths With Loopbacks" section.

---

Note LPBKDS3FEAC-CMD is an informational condition. It does not require troubleshooting.

---

2.7.195  LPBKE1FEAC

The LPBKE1FEAC condition is not used in this platform in this release. It is reserved for future development.

2.7.196  LPBKE3FEAC

The LPBKE3FEAC condition is not used in this platform in this release. It is reserved for future development.

2.7.197  LPBKFACILITY (CE100T)

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: CE100T

A Loopback Facility condition on a CE-100T-8 port occurs when a software facility (line) loopback is active for a port on the card.

For information about troubleshooting Ethernet circuits with loopbacks, see the "Troubleshooting Ethernet Circuit Paths With Loopbacks" section.

---

Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

Clear the LPBKFACILITY (CE100T) Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear a Non-STM Card Facility or Terminal Loopback Circuit" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.198  LPBKFACILITY (DS1, DS3)

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: DS1, DS3

A Loopback Facility condition for a DS-1 or DS-3 signal occurs when a software facility (line) loopback is active for a DS1 port on a DS1i-N-14 or a DS3 port on the reporting DS3i-N-12 card.

For information about troubleshooting optical circuits with loopbacks, see the "Troubleshooting Electrical Circuit Paths With Loopbacks" section. Facility loopbacks are described in the "Troubleshooting Non-DWDM Circuit Paths with Loopbacks" section.

---

Note CTC permits loopbacks to be performed on an unlocked circuit. Performing a loopback is Service-Affecting (SA). If you did not perform a lockout or Force switch to protect traffic, the LPBKFACILITY condition can be accompanied by a more serious alarms such as LOS.

---

---

Note DS-3 facility (line) loopbacks do not transmit an AIS in the direction away from the loopback. Instead of AIS, a continuance of the signal transmitted to the loopback is provided.

---

Clear the LPBKFACILITY (DS1, DS3) Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear a Non-STM Card Facility or Terminal Loopback Circuit" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.199  LPBKFACILITY (E1, E3, E4)

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: E1, E3, E4

A Loopback Facility condition for an E-1, E-3, or E-4 signal occurs when a software facility loopback is active for a port on the reporting E-N card.

For more information on loopbacks, see the "Troubleshooting Non-DWDM Circuit Paths with Loopbacks" section or the "Troubleshooting Electrical Circuit Paths With Loopbacks" section.

---

Caution CTC permits loopbacks to be performed on an unlocked circuit. Loopbacks are Service-Affecting (SA).

---

Clear the LPBKFACILITY (E1, E3, E4) Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear a Non-STM Card Facility or Terminal Loopback Circuit" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.200  LPBKFACILITY (ESCON)

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.201  LPBKFACILITY (FC)

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.202  LPBKFACILITY (FCMR)

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: FCMR

A Loopback Facility for FCMR condition occurs when a facility loopback is provisioned on an FC_MR-4 card.

For information about troubleshooting optical circuits with loopbacks, see the "Troubleshooting Non-DWDM Circuit Paths with Loopbacks" section.

Clear the LPBKFACILITY (FCMR) Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear a Non-STM Card Facility or Terminal Loopback Circuit" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.203  LPBKFACILITY (G1000)

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: G1000

A Loopback Facility condition for the G1000 object occurs when a software facility (line) loopback is active for a port on the reporting G-Series Ethernet card.

For information about troubleshooting optical circuits with loopbacks, see the "Troubleshooting Optical Circuit Paths With Loopbacks" section. Facility loopbacks are described in the "Troubleshooting Non-DWDM Circuit Paths with Loopbacks" section.

---

Caution CTC permits loopbacks to be performed on an unlocked circuit. Loopbacks are Service-Affecting (SA).

---

---

Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

Clear the LPBKFACILITY (G1000) Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear a Non-STM Card Facility or Terminal Loopback Circuit" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.204  LPBKFACILITY (GE)

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.205  LPBKFACILITY (ISC)

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.206  LPBKFACILITY (STM1E, STMN)

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: STM1E, STMN

A Loopback Facility condition for an STM1E or STM-N occurs when a software facility loopback is active for a port on the reporting card.

For more information on loopbacks, see the "Troubleshooting Non-DWDM Circuit Paths with Loopbacks" section or the "Troubleshooting Electrical Circuit Paths With Loopbacks" section.

---

Caution CTC permits loopbacks to be performed on an unlocked circuit. Loopbacks are Service-Affecting (SA).

---

Clear the LPBKFACILITY (STM1E, STMN) Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear an STM-N Card Facility or Terminal Loopback Circuit" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.207  LPBKFACILITY (TRUNK)

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.208  LPBKTERMINAL (CE100T)

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: CE100T

A Loopback Terminal condition on a CE-100T-8 port occurs when a software terminal loopback is active for a port on the card.

For information about troubleshooting Ethernet circuits with loopbacks, see the "Troubleshooting Ethernet Circuit Paths With Loopbacks" section.

---

Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

Clear the LPBKTERMINAL (CE100T) Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear a Non-STM Card Facility or Terminal Loopback Circuit" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.209  LPBKTERMINAL (DS1, DS3)

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: DS1, DS3

A Loopback Terminal condition for a DS-1 or DS-3 signal occurs when a software terminal (inward) loopback is active for a DS-1 port on a DS1i-N-14 card or a DS-3 port on the reporting DS3i-N-12 card.

For more information on loopbacks, see the "Troubleshooting Non-DWDM Circuit Paths with Loopbacks" section.

---

Note DS-3 terminal loopbacks do not transmit the "MS-AIS" condition on page 2-172 in the direction away from the loopback. Instead of MS-AIS, a continuance of the signal transmitted into the loopback is provided.

---

---

Caution CTC permits loopbacks to be performed on an unlocked circuit. Loopbacks are Service-Affecting (SA).

---

Clear the LPBKTERMINAL (DS3) Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear a Non-STM Card Facility or Terminal Loopback Circuit" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.210  LPBKTERMINAL (E1, E3, E4)

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: E1, E3, E4

A Loopback Terminal for an E-1, E-3, or E-4 signal condition occurs when a software terminal (inward) loopback is active for a port on the reporting E-N card.

For more information on loopbacks, see the "Troubleshooting Non-DWDM Circuit Paths with Loopbacks" section.

---

Caution CTC permits loopbacks to be performed on an unlocked circuit. Loopbacks are Service-Affecting (SA).

---

Clear the LPBKTERMINAL (E1, E3, E4) Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear a Non-STM Card Facility or Terminal Loopback Circuit" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.211  LPBKTERMINAL (ESCON)

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.212  LPBKTERMINAL (FC)

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.213  LPBKTERMINAL (FCMR)

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: FCMR

A Loopback Terminal for FCMR condition occurs when a terminal loopback is provisioned on an FC_MR-4 card.

For information about troubleshooting optical circuits with loopbacks, see the "Troubleshooting Non-DWDM Circuit Paths with Loopbacks" section.

Clear the LPBKTERMINAL (FCMR) Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear a Non-STM Card Facility or Terminal Loopback Circuit" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.214  LPBKTERMINAL (G1000)

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: G1000

A Loopback Terminal condition for the G1000 object occurs when a software terminal (inward) loopback is active for a port on the reporting G-Series Ethernet card.

When a port in terminal (inward) loopback, its outgoing signal is redirected into the receive direction on the same port, and the externally received signal is ignored. On the G-Series card the outgoing signal is not transmitted; it is only redirected in the receive direction.

For more information about troubleshooting optical circuits, see the "Troubleshooting Non-DWDM Circuit Paths with Loopbacks" section.

---

Caution CTC permits loopbacks to be performed on an unlocked circuit. Loopbacks are Service-Affecting (SA).

---

---

Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

Clear the LPBKTERMINAL (G1000) Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear a Non-STM Card Facility or Terminal Loopback Circuit" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.215  LPBKTERMINAL (GE)

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.216  LPBKTERMINAL (ISC)

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.217  LPBKTERMINAL (STM1E, STMN)

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: STM1E, STMN

A Loopback Terminal for an STM-1E or STM-N signal condition occurs when a software terminal (inward) loopback is active for a port on the reporting traffic card.

For more information on loopbacks, see the "Troubleshooting Non-DWDM Circuit Paths with Loopbacks" section.

---

Caution CTC permits loopbacks to be performed on an unlocked circuit. Loopbacks are Service-Affecting (SA).

---

Clear the LPBKTERMINAL (STM1E, STMN) Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear an STM-N Card Facility or Terminal Loopback Circuit" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.218  LPBKTERMINAL (TRUNK)

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.219  LP-ENCAP-MISMATCH

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: VCTRM-LP

The Encapsulation C2 Byte Mismatch Path alarm applies to ML-Series Ethernet cards. It occurs when the first three following conditions are met and one of the last two is false:

•The received C2 byte is not 0x00 (unequipped).

•The received C2 byte is not a PDI value.

•The received C2 does not match the expected C2.

•The expected C2 byte is not 0x01 (equipped unspecified).

•The received C2 byte is not 0x01 (equipped unspecified).

(This is in contrast to LP-PLM, which must meet all five criteria.) For an LP-ENCAP-MISMATCH to be raised, there is a mismatch between the received and expected C2 byte, with either the expected byte or received byte value being 0x01.

An example situation that would raise an LP-ENCAP-MISMATCH alarm is if a circuit created between two ML-Series cards has GFP framing provisioned on one end and HLDC framing with LEX encapsulation provisioned on the other. The GFP framing card transmits and expects a C2 byte of 0x1B, while the HDLC framing card transmits and expects a C2 byte of 0x01.

A mismatch between the transmit and receive cards on any of the following parameters can cause the alarm:

•Mode (HDLC, GFP-F)

•Encapsulation (LEX, HDLC, PPP)

•CRC size (16 or 32)

•Scrambling state (on or off)

---

Note By default, an LP-ENCAP-MISMATCH alarm causes an ML-Series card data link to go down. This behavior can be modified using the command-line interface (CLI) command no pos trigger defect encap.

---

---

Note For more information about the ML-Series Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

Clear the LP-ENCAP-MISMATCH Alarm

---

Step 1 Ensure that the correct framing mode is in use on the transmit card, and that it is identical to the receive card by completing the following steps:

a. In node view, double-click the ML-Series card to display the card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Card tabs.

c. In the Mode drop-down list, ensure that the same mode (GFP-F or HDLC) is selected. If it is not, choose it and click Apply.

Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, use the ML-Series card CLI to ensure that the remaining settings are correctly configured:

•Encapsulation

•CRC size

•Scrambling state

To open the interface, click the IOS tab and click Open IOS Connection. Refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327 entries on all three of these topics to obtain the full configuration command sequences.

Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.220  LP-PLM

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: VCTRM- LP

The SLMF-PLM Low-Order Path Label Mismatch alarm applies to the V5 byte in low-order (VC-2 or VC-1) path overhead. LP-PLM occurs when there is a mismatch between the transmitted and received V5 byte received in the SDH payload overhead.

The LP-PLM alarm occurs when the optical (traffic) cards cannot detect the value of the C2 byte in the payload. The low-order C2 byte would cause the LP-PLM to occur on terminating cards.

Clear the LP-PLM Alarm

---

Step 1 Verify that all circuits terminating in the reporting card are active by completing the following steps:

a. Click the Circuits tab.

b. Verify that the Admin State column lists the port as discovered.

c. If the Admin State column lists the port as incomplete, wait 10 minutes for the ONS 15454 SDH to initialize fully. If the incomplete state does not change after full initialization, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

Step 2 After verifying that the port is active, verify the signal source to the electrical card reporting the alarm with an optical test set according to site specific practice. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.

Step 3 If traffic is being affected, complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure.

---

Caution Deleting a circuit can affect traffic.

---

Step 4 Recreate the circuit with the correct circuit size. Refer to the "Create Circuits and Tunnels" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide for circuit procedures.

Step 5 If the circuit deletion and re-creation does not clear the alarm, verify the far-end STM-N card that provides the payload to the electrical card.

Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, verify the cross-connect between the STM-N card and the electrical card.

Step 7 If the alarm does not clear, clean the far-end optical fiber according to site practice. If no site practice exists, complete the procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

Step 8 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure for the reporting traffic card.

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 9 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.221  LP-RFI

Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: VCTRM-LP

The Low-Order RFI condition indicates that there is a remote failure indication in the low-order (VC-2 or VC-1) path, and that the failure has persisted beyond the maximum time allotted for transmission system protection. The LP-RFI is sent as the protection switch is initiated. Resolving the fault in the adjoining node clears the LP-RFI condition in the reporting node.

Clear the LP-RFI Condition

---

Step 1 Log into the far-end node of the reporting ONS 15454 SDH.

Step 2 Determine whether there are other alarms, especially the "LOS (STM1E, STMN)" alarm on page 2-146.

Step 3 Clear the alarms. See the appropriate alarm section in this chapter for the procedure.

Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.222  LP-TIM

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: VCTRM-LP

The Low-Order Path Section TIM alarm occurs when the expected J2 path trace string does not match the received string.

If the alarm occurs on a port that has been operating with no alarms, the circuit path has changed or someone entered a new incorrect value into the Current Transmit String field. Follow the procedure below to clear either instance.

LP-TIM also occurs on a port that has previously been operating without alarms if someone switches or removes the electrical cables or optical fibers that connect the ports. TIM is usually accompanied by other alarms, such as the "LOS (STM1E, STMN)" alarm on page 2-146 or the "LP-UNEQ" alarm on page 2-162. If these alarms accompany the "TIM" alarm on page 2-215, reattach or replace the original cables/fibers to clear the alarms.

Clear the LP-TIM Alarm

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear the TIM Alarm" procedure for the J2 byte.

Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a service-affecting problem.

---

2.7.223  LP-UNEQ

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Objects: VCMON-LP, VCTRM-LP

The SLMF Unequipped Low-Order Path Unequipped alarm applies to the V5 byte in low-order (VC-2 or VC-1) path overhead. LP-UNEQ occurs when no V5 byte is received in the SDH payload overhead.

Clear the LP-UNEQ Alarm

---

Step 1 In node view, click View > Go to Network View.

Step 2 Right-click the alarm to display the Select Affected Circuits shortcut menu.

Step 3 Click Select Affected Circuits.

Step 4 When the affected circuits appear, look in the Type column for VCT, which indicates a VC tunnel circuit. A VC tunnel with no VCs assigned could be the cause of an LP-UNEQ alarm.

Step 5 If the Type column does not contain VCT, there are no VC tunnels connected with the alarm. Go to Step 7.

Step 6 If the Type column does contain VCT(s), attempt to delete the row(s) by completing the following steps:

---

Note The node does not allow you to delete a valid VT tunnel or one with a valid VT circuit inside.

---

a. Click the VC tunnel circuit row to highlight it. Complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure.

b. If an error message dialog box appears, the VC tunnel is valid and not the cause of the alarm.

c. If any other columns contain VCT, repeat Steps a and b.

Step 7 If all ONS nodes in the ring appear in the CTC network view, verify that the circuits are all complete by completing the following steps:

a. Click the Circuits tab.

b. Verify that PARTIAL is not listed in the Status column of any circuits.

Step 8 If you find circuits listed as incomplete, verify that these circuits are not working circuits that continue to pass traffic using an appropriate optical test set and site-specific procedures. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.

Step 9 If the incomplete circuits are not needed or are not passing traffic, delete the partial circuits.

Complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure.

Step 10 Recreate the circuit with the correct circuit size. Refer to the "Create Circuits and Tunnels" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide for circuit creation procedures.

Step 11 Log back in and verify that all circuits terminating in the reporting card are active by completing the following steps:

a. Click the Circuits tab.

b. Verify that the Status column lists all circuits as active.

Step 12 If the alarm does not clear, clean the far-end optical fiber according to site practice. If no site practice exists, complete the procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.

Warning On the OC192 LR/STM64 LH 1550 card, the laser is on when the card is booted and the safety key is in the on position (labeled 1). The port does not have to be in service for the laser to be on. The laser is off when the safety key is off (labeled 0). Statement 293.

Warning Invisible laser radiation could be emitted from the end of the unterminated fiber cable or connector. Do not stare into the beam directly with optical instruments. Viewing the laser output with certain optical instruments (for example, eye loupes, magnifiers, and microscopes) within a distance of 100 mm could pose an eye hazard. Statement 1056

Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057

Step 13 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure for the optical and/or electrical cards.

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for information.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 14 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.224  MAN-REQ

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: EQPT, VCMON-HP, VCMON-LP

The Manual Switch Request condition occurs when a user initiates a Manual switch request on an STM-N port. Clearing the Manual switch clears the MAN-REQ condition. You do not need to clear the switch if you want the manual switch to remain.

Clear the MAN-REQ Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Initiate a 1+1 Protection Port Manual Switch Command" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.225  MANRESET

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

A User-Initiated Manual Reset condition occurs when you right-click a card in CTC and choose Reset. Resets performed during a software upgrade also prompt the condition. The MANRESET condition clears automatically when the card finishes resetting.

---

Note MANRESET is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.

---

2.7.226  MANSWTOINT

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: NE-SREF

The Manual Switch To Internal Clock condition occurs when the NE timing source is manually switched to an internal timing source.

---

Note MANSWTOINT is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.

---

2.7.227  MANSWTOPRI

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: EXT-SREF, NE-SREF

The Manual Switch To Primary Reference condition occurs when the NE timing source is manually switched to the primary timing source.

---

Note MANSWTOPRI is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.

---

2.7.228  MANSWTOSEC

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: EXT-SREF, NE-SREF

The Manual Switch To Second Reference condition occurs when the NE timing source is manually switched to a second timing source.

---

Note MANSWTOSEC is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.

---

2.7.229  MANSWTOTHIRD

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Objects: EXT-SREF, NE-SREF

The Manual Switch To Third Reference condition occurs when the NE timing source is manually switched to the tertiary timing source.

---

Note MANSWTOTHIRD is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.

---

2.7.230  MANUAL-REQ-RING

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

The Manual Switch Request on Ring condition occurs when a user initiates a MANUAL RING command on MS-SPRing rings to switch from working to protect or protect to working. This condition is visible on the network view Alarms, Conditions, and History tabs and is accompanied by WKSWPR. The port where the MANUAL RING command originated is marked with an "M" on the network view detailed circuit map.

Clear the MANUAL-REQ-RING Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear an MS-SPRing External Switching Command" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.231  MANUAL-REQ-SPAN

Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: STMN

DWDM Logical Objects: 2R, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, TRUNK

The Manual Switch Request on Ring condition occurs on MS-SPRings when a user initiates a Manual Span command to move MS-SPRing traffic from a working span to a protect span. This condition appears on the network view Alarms, Conditions, and History tabs. The port where the MANUAL SPAN command was applied is marked with an "M" on the network view detailed circuit map.

Clear the MANUAL-REQ-SPAN Condition

---

Step 1 Complete the "Clear an MS-SPRing External Switching Command" procedure.

Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.232  MEA (BIC)

The MEA alarm for the BIC object is not used in this platform in this release. It is reserved for future development.

2.7.233  MEA (EQPT)

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

The MEA alarm for equipment is reported against a card slot when the physical card inserted into a slot does not match the card type that is provisioned for that slot in CTC.

---

Note When downgrading the CTC software from R6.0 to R5.0 and the XCVXC cross-connect card to the XCVXL for use in that release, the standby (Slot 8) XCVXL can raise the MEA alarm until the downgrade is complete.

---

Clear the MEA (EQPT) Alarm

---

Step 1 Physically verify the type of card that is installed in the slot reporting the MEA alarm. In node view, click the Inventory tab and compare it to the actual installed card.

Step 2 If you prefer the card type depicted by CTC, replace the physical card reporting the mismatch with the card type depicted by CTC (provisioned for that slot). Complete the "2.10.6  Air Filter and Fan Procedures" procedure.

---

Caution Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.

---

---

Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.

---

Step 3 If you prefer the card that physically occupies the slot and the card is not in service, has no circuits mapped, and is not part of a protection group, place the cursor over the provisioned card in CTC and right-click to choose Delete Card.

The card that physically occupies the slot reboots, and CTC automatically provisions the card type into that slot.

---

Note If the card is in service, has a circuit mapped, is paired in a working/protection scheme, has DCC communications enabled, or is used as a timing reference, CTC does not allow you to delete the card.

---

Step 4 If any ports on the card are in service, place them out of service (Locked, maintenance) by completing the following steps:

---

Caution Before placing ports out of service, ensure that no live traffic is present.

---

a. Double-click the reporting card to display the card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Line tab.

c. Click the Admin State column of any Unlocked ports.

d. Choose Locked, maintenance to take the ports out of service.

Step 5 If a circuit has been mapped to the card, complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure.

---

Caution Before deleting the circuit, ensure that live traffic is not present.

---

Step 6 If the card is paired in a protection scheme, delete the protection group by completing the following steps:

a. Click the Provisioning > Protection tabs.

b. Choose the protection group of the reporting card.

c. Click Delete.

d. Click Yes in the Delete Protection Group dialog box.

Step 7 Right-click the card reporting the alarm.

Step 8 Choose Delete.

The card that physically occupies the slot reboots, and CTC automatically provisions the card type into that slot.

Step 9 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.234  MEA (FAN)

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: FAN

The Mismatch of Equipment Attributes alarm is reported against the fan-tray assembly when an older ONS 15454 SDH fan-tray assembly (FTA2) is used with certain cards that require the newer fan-tray assembly (15454E-FTA-48V). The 10-Gbps-compatible shelf assembly (15454E-SA-ETSI) and fan-tray assembly (15454E-FTA-48V) are required with the ONS 15454 SDH OC192 LR/STM64 LH 1550, E1000-2-G, E100T-G, OC48 IR/STM16 SH AS 1310, or OC48 LR/STM16 AS 1550 cards.

---

Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.

---

Clear the MEA (FAN) Alarm

---

Step 1 Determine whether the ONS 15454 SDH shelf assembly is a newer ETSI 10-Gbps-compatible shelf assembly (15454E-SA-ETSI) or an earlier shelf assembly by completing the following steps:

a. In node view, click the Inventory tab.

b. In the HW Part # column, if the number is 800-08708-XX, then you have a 10-Gbps-compatible shelf assembly (15454-SA-HD).

c. In the HW Part # column, if the number is not 800-08708-XX, then you are using an earlier shelf assembly.

Step 2 If you have a 10-Gbps-compatible shelf assembly (15454E-SA-ETSI), the alarm indicates that an older, incompatible fan-tray assembly is installed in the shelf assembly. Obtain a newer fan-tray assembly (15454-FTA3) with a 5 A fuse and complete the "Replace the Fan-Tray Assembly" procedure.

Step 3 If you are using an earlier shelf assembly, the alarm indicates that you are using a newer fan-tray assembly (15454-FTA3), which is incompatible with the earlier version of the shelf assembly. Obtain an earlier version of the fan-tray assembly (15454-FTA2) and complete the "Replace the Fan-Tray Assembly" procedure.

Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.

---

2.7.235  MEA (PPM)

For information about this alarm or condition, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. This guide discusses all DWDM alarms.

2.7.236  MEM-GONE

Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

The Memory Gone alarm occurs when data generated by software operations exceeds the memory capacity of the TCC2/TCC2P card. The TCC2/TCC2P cards which exceed the memory capacity reboot to avoid failure of card operations.

---

Note The alarm does not require user intervention. The MEM-LOW alarm always preceeds the MEM-GONE alarm.

---

2.7.237  MEM-LOW

Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)

SDH Logical Object: EQPT

The Free Memory of Card Almost Gone alarm occurs when data generated by software operations is close to exceeding the memory capacity of the TCC2/TCC2P card. The alarm clears when additional memory becomes available. If additional memory is not made available and the memory capacity of the card is exceeded, CTC ceases to function.

---

Note The alarm does not require user intervention. Log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.238  MFGMEM (AICI-AEP, AICI-AIE, PPM)

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Objects: AICI-AEP, AICI-AIE

DWDM Logical Object: PPM

The Manufacturing Data Memory Failure (MFGMEM) alarm occurs if the ONS 15454 SDH cannot access the data in the electronically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM). Either the memory module on the component failed or the TCC2/TCC2P card lost the ability to read that module. The EEPROM stores manufacturing data that is needed for both compatibility and inventory issues. Inability to read a valid MAC address disrupts IP connectivity and makes the ONS 15454 SDH icon on the CTC network view unavailable.

Clear the MFGMEM Alarm

---

Step 1 Complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) the Standby TCC2/TCC2P Card" procedure.

Wait ten minutes to verify that the standby TCC2/TCC2P card does not reset itself. If the TCC2/TCC2P card reset is not complete and error-free or if the TCC2/TCC2P card reboots itself, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log in to http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

Note If CTC stops responding after performing a reset on the TCC2/TCC2P card, close the browser and start CTC again on the affected node.

---

Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure.

Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, physically replace the standby TCC2/TCC2P card on the ONS 15454 SDH with a new TCC2/TCC2P card. Complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure.

---

Note The active TCC2/TCC2P card takes up to 30 minutes to transfer the system software to the newly installed TCC2/TCC2P card. Software transfer occurs in instances where different software versions exist on the two cards. During this operation, the TCC2/TCC2P card LEDs flash to indicate failure and then the active/standby LED flashes. When the transfer completes, the TCC2/TCC2P card reboots and goes into standby mode after approximately three minutes.

---

Step 4 Reset the active TCC2/TCC2P card. Complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) the Standby TCC2/TCC2P Card" procedure.

Wait ten minutes to verify that the standby TCC2/TCC2P card does not reset itself. If the TCC2/TCC2P card reset is not complete and error-free or if the TCC2/TCC2P card reboots itself, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

Step 5 Physically replace the remaining TCC2/TCC2P card with the second TCC2/TCC2P card. Complete the "Physically Replace a Traffic Card" procedure.

The ONS 15454 SDH boots up the second TCC2/TCC2P card. The second TCC2/TCC2P card must also copy the system software, which can take up to twenty minutes.

Step 6 If the MFGMEM alarm continues to report after replacing the TCC2/TCC2P cards, the problem lies with the EEPROM.

Step 7 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.

---

2.7.239  MFGMEM (BPLANE, FAN)

Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)

SDH Logical Objects: BPLANE, FAN

The Manufacturing Data Memory (EEPROM) failure alarm occurs if the ONS 15454 SDH cannot access the data in the EEPROM. Lack of access occurs when either the memory module on the component fails or the TCC2/TCC2P card loses the ability to read that module. The EEPROM stores manufacturing data that is needed for both compatibility and inventory issues. An inability to read a valid MAC address disrupts IP connectivity and makes the ONS 15454 SDH icon on the CTC network view unavailable.